WO2015062515A1 - Method and device for controlling scrolling of interface of smart television - Google Patents

Method and device for controlling scrolling of interface of smart television Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015062515A1
WO2015062515A1 PCT/CN2014/089870 CN2014089870W WO2015062515A1 WO 2015062515 A1 WO2015062515 A1 WO 2015062515A1 CN 2014089870 W CN2014089870 W CN 2014089870W WO 2015062515 A1 WO2015062515 A1 WO 2015062515A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
smart
moving direction
user equipment
interface
control instruction
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/089870
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
史学强
孙可
梁帆
李震
Original Assignee
乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201310530191.8A external-priority patent/CN103546793A/en
Priority claimed from CN201310530783.XA external-priority patent/CN103546795A/en
Priority claimed from CN201310530785.9A external-priority patent/CN103546796A/en
Priority claimed from CN201310530734.6A external-priority patent/CN103561306A/en
Application filed by 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 filed Critical 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司
Publication of WO2015062515A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015062515A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/426Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof
    • H04N21/42684Client identification by a unique number or address, e.g. serial number, MAC address, socket ID
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of automatic control technology, and more particularly to a method and apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface.
  • Smart TV plays an important role in people's daily life and is an indispensable tool for people's life and entertainment. With the rapid development of information technology and the increasing demand for TV entertainment, the convenience of smart TV is also increasing.
  • the traditional way is to realize the scrolling of the smart TV interface by using the up and down keys of the button type remote controller, and in order to improve the convenience of controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, the mouse is usually used to realize the smart TV.
  • the scrolling of the interface is usually used to realize the smart TV.
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface, Meet the need for people to control the scrolling of smart TV interfaces through user devices.
  • a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a user equipment, the method comprising:
  • Obtaining an IP address of the smart TV generating and transmitting a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV to access the same a local area network; after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment;
  • the method when it is determined that the movement is required, the method further includes:
  • the generating, by the second control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is specifically: generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the generating, by the second control instruction, the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction is:
  • the method further includes:
  • the picture corresponding to the moving direction is called, and the picture is replaced with the currently displayed picture for display, wherein the picture is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a smart television, the method comprising:
  • the same local area network acquires a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slides over the user equipment; and calculates a difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point.
  • the generated control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction wherein the user equipment pre-stores a corresponding relationship between different difference values and a moving direction;
  • the second control command sent by the receiving user equipment is: a control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, where the actual distance is the The user equipment converts the difference according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface;
  • the parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll an actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the second control command sent by the receiving user equipment is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • a device for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a user equipment, the device comprising:
  • a first obtaining module configured to obtain an IP address of the smart television
  • a first generation sending module configured to acquire an IP address of the smart TV, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and The smart TV is connected to the same local area network;
  • a first receiving module configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • a second acquiring module configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate of the user equipment point
  • a calculation module configured to calculate an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus a difference value of the x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point, or calculate a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus the initial coordinate point The difference of the y-coordinate values;
  • a first storage module configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • a searching module configured to search, in the first storage module, a moving direction corresponding to the difference
  • a judging module configured to determine whether a movement is required according to the found moving direction
  • a second generation sending module configured to: when it is determined that the movement is required, generate a control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  • the second storage module and the conversion module are further included, where:
  • the second storage module is configured to pre-store a proportional relationship; wherein the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface;
  • the conversion module is configured to, after determining that the movement needs to be performed, convert the difference value to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
  • the second generation sending module is configured to generate a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
  • the third storage module is further configured to store a preset distance in advance
  • the second generation sending module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
  • the fourth storage module, the calling module, and the replacement display module are further included, where:
  • the fourth storage module is configured to store a picture
  • the calling module is configured to, after the second generation sending module generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
  • the replacement display module is configured to replace the called picture with a current display picture for display Show.
  • a smart television interface scrolling device is applied to a smart television, the device comprising:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment, where the second control instruction is that the user equipment acquires an IP address of the smart TV, and generates and sends an IP address carrying the smart TV.
  • a control command to the smart TV the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television to access to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point that slides over the user equipment and a current coordinate point; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and x of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y of the starting coordinate point
  • searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference determining, according to the searched moving direction, whether a movement is required, and when determining that the movement is required, generating a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction, wherein, A corresponding relationship between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
  • the analysis control module is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module is: a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, where The actual distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, and the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface. ;
  • the parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module is: an instruction to control the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the parsing control is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • the application also provides a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface, which is applied to a user equipment, and the method includes:
  • the method when it is determined that the movement is required, the method further includes:
  • the generating, by the second control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is specifically: generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the generating, by the second control instruction, the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction is:
  • the method further includes:
  • the picture corresponding to the moving direction is called, and the picture is replaced with the currently displayed picture for display, wherein the picture is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a smart television, the method comprising:
  • the second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the trigger instruction, acquiring the slip Passing a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point of the user equipment; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a y coordinate of the current coordinate point
  • the difference between the value and the y-coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, the search and the The movement direction corresponding to the difference is determined according to the searched movement direction, and whether the movement is required, and when it is determined that the movement is required, the generated control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the movement direction is sent to the server;
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
  • the receiving, by the server, the second control instruction is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction, where the actual The distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, wherein the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface;
  • the parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll an actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the receiving, by the server, the second control instruction is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • a device for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a user equipment, the device comprising:
  • a first generation module configured to generate a first control instruction
  • the first control module is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction
  • a first receiving module configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • a second acquiring module configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point of the user equipment
  • a calculation module configured to calculate an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus a difference value of the x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point, or calculate a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus the initial coordinate point The difference of the y-coordinate values;
  • a first storage module configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • a searching module configured to search, in the first storage module, a moving direction corresponding to the difference
  • a judging module configured to determine whether a movement is required according to the found moving direction
  • a second generating module configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction when it is determined that the movement is required;
  • the sending module is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to the smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the second storage module and the conversion module are further included, where:
  • the second storage module is configured to pre-store a proportional relationship; wherein the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface;
  • the conversion module is configured to, after determining that the movement needs to be performed, convert the difference value to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
  • the second generation module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the third storage module is further configured to store a preset distance in advance
  • the second generating module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • the method further includes: a fourth storage module, a calling module, and a replacement display module, where:
  • the fourth storage module is configured to store a picture
  • the calling module is configured to invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction after the second generating module generates the second control instruction
  • the replacement display module is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
  • a smart television interface scrolling device is applied to a smart television, the device comprising:
  • a third generation module configured to generate a third control instruction
  • the second control module is configured to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server according to the third control instruction
  • a third receiving module configured to receive a second control command sent by the server, where the second control command is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and receive After the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a Determining a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, searching a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether a movement is required according to the found moving direction, and determining that the movement is required And generating, by the control device, the control instruction that the smart TV interface is scrolled according to the moving direction, and sending the control instruction to the server; wherein the user equipment pre-stores a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
  • the analysis control module is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the second control command sent by the server received by the second receiving module is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction,
  • the actual distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a distance that the distance between the user equipment and the smart television interface actually scrolls.
  • the parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the second control command sent by the server received by the second receiving module is: controlling a control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • the method and device for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface provided by the present application are set to control the scrolling of the smart TV interface by the user equipment, and the smart TV is controlled by the user equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flow chart of an embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the present application in practical application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the present application in practical application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an application in a practical application
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of still another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • 25 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • 26 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method may be applied to a user equipment, where the user equipment may be any touch-enabled device such as a mobile phone or a tablet computer.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 101 Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, and the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV connection Enter the same local area network;
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are located in the same local area network.
  • the user equipment can obtain the IP address of the smart television by searching the network, and the user equipment needs to access the same local area network with the smart television, that is, by generating and transmitting the smart television.
  • a first control instruction of the IP address to the smart TV to control the user equipment and the smart television to access to the same local area network;
  • the first control instruction may control the user equipment and the smart TV to establish a WIFI connection.
  • the user equipment can obtain the IP address of a certain smart TV, and access the same local area network with the specific smart television through the first control instruction.
  • Step 102 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
  • the triggering instruction is an initial condition for the user equipment to control the scrolling of the smart television interface, and the triggering instruction can be received in multiple manners;
  • a specific icon is set on the user equipment, and when the finger touches the specific icon, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction; or, when the user equipment sets a specific trigger mode, such as shaking the user equipment, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction. .
  • the user equipment is provided with an coordinate axis, so that the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; and the coordinate origin of the coordinate axis can be set at any position on the screen of the user equipment according to requirements. ;
  • the user equipment may be divided into effective areas, and the user is instructed to slide the user equipment in the x-axis direction;
  • the effective area refers to dividing a specific area for the user equipment, when the finger When sliding in the specific area, the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and when the finger does not slide in the specific area, the user equipment does not acquire the sliding of the user equipment.
  • the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of course, the entire screen area of the user device can be used as the effective area.
  • Step 103 Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point may be subtracted from the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point to calculate the difference;
  • the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is subtracted from the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point, and the difference is calculated.
  • the specific calculation method can be set in advance in the user equipment.
  • Step 104 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference and the moving direction may be stored in the user equipment in the form of a table; specifically, the correspondence may be multiple, for example:
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the moving direction indicates that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll up; the moving direction is downward. To indicate that the TV interface needs to be controlled to scroll down; the movement direction is no indication that there is no need to control the TV interface scrolling.
  • the corresponding correspondence relationship may be pre-stored in the user equipment according to the calculation manner set in the user equipment. Referring to Table 1, the correspondence between the difference value and the moving direction in the calculation mode is shown.
  • the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value minus the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point Greater than zero Move upwards
  • Move down The x coordinate value of the current coordinate value minus the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point Equal to zero No moving direction
  • Step 105 Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether movement is required, and when determining that the movement is required, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • Step 106 Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  • the found moving direction is up or down
  • a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll upward is generated, and the second control command is generated.
  • the control command is sent to the smart TV to enable the smart TV to scroll up according to the second control instruction;
  • the moving direction is downward, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down, and Sending, by the second control instruction, to the smart television, so that the smart television can scroll down according to the second control instruction;
  • the time for the user equipment to perform the series of actions is very short.
  • the user equipment may continue to perform the above actions to control the effect of the smart TV reaching continuous scrolling.
  • control of the scrolling of the television interface is implemented by the user equipment, and the hardware device such as the button remote controller and the mouse is not required to meet the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • FIG. 2 Another embodiment of the present application also discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface, see FIG. 2.
  • the method can include:
  • Step 201 Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control command carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, and the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV to connect Enter the same local area network;
  • Step 202 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
  • Step 203 Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • Step 204 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 205 Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the difference is converted into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the pre-stored proportional relationship;
  • the ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to a distance that the smart television interface actually scrolls, and the proportional relationship may be set according to actual needs. For example, if the ratio of the distance that slides over the user equipment to the actual scrolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, then when the distance over the user equipment is 1 unit, the actual distance of the corresponding smart TV interface is scrolled. 10 units;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point can be converted into the actual distance of the smart television interface scrolling.
  • the actual distance of the converted smart TV interface scroll is 5; of course, if the difference is assumed to be -0.5, correspondingly, the conversion The actual distance of the smart TV interface after scrolling is also 5.
  • the proportional relationship is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 206 Generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • Step 207 Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  • the user equipment calculates that the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is 0.5 unit, and according to the difference, the moving direction corresponding to the difference is found to be downward, and is stored in the user.
  • the ratio of the distance between the user equipment and the actual rolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, according to the proportional relationship, the actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface is 5 units, correspondingly, the user equipment Generating a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll up 5 units, and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll up 5 units according to the second control instruction.
  • the user equipment pre-stores a proportional relationship between the distance swept by the user equipment and the actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface, so that the user equipment can calculate the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point according to the proportional relationship.
  • the difference of the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is converted into the actual distance of the smart TV interface scrolling, and the actual distance of the smart TV interface can be controlled by the corresponding control command, which satisfies the requirement of the user to control the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • the proportional relationship can be set according to actual needs, which improves the convenience of scrolling control of the smart TV interface.
  • the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 is different in that a preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment, and after the user equipment determines that the mobile device needs to be moved, the smart TV interface is generated and controlled according to the moving direction. Rolling the second control command of the preset distance and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV.
  • the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and can be set according to actual conditions, that is, when the user equipment controls the generated smart TV interface to scroll the preset according to the moving direction. After the second control command of the distance is sent to the smart TV, the smart TV interface scrolls a fixed distance according to the moving direction.
  • a further embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface.
  • the method may include:
  • Step 301 Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, and the first control instruction controls the user setting And the smart TV is connected to the same local area network;
  • Step 302 After receiving the trigger instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment.
  • Step 303 Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • Step 304 Find a moving direction corresponding to the difference value
  • Step 305 Determine, according to the direction of movement of the search, whether movement is required, and when it is determined that movement is required, generate a control instruction for controlling the smart TV to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • Step 306 Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  • Step 307 Call a picture corresponding to the moving direction, and replace the picture with the currently displayed picture for display;
  • a plurality of pictures are pre-stored in the user equipment, and after determining the moving direction, the corresponding picture may be called according to the moving direction, for example, when determining that the moving direction is upward, calling the next picture of the currently displayed picture, The effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
  • the moving direction is determined to be downward, the previous picture of the currently displayed picture is called, and the effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
  • the two execution actions of the user equipment to send the generated second control command to the smart TV and display the picture corresponding to the moving direction are not limited in sequence; that is, steps 306 and 307 are not sequentially defined; Simultaneous execution; the second control command may be sent to the smart TV first, and then the picture corresponding to the moving direction is displayed; of course, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be displayed first, and then the second control command is sent to the smart TV;
  • the above two actions can be performed simultaneously, that is, while controlling the smart TV interface to scroll, the corresponding picture is displayed to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect.
  • a plurality of pictures are stored in the user equipment.
  • the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be called, and the picture is replaced by the currently displayed picture to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect. It enables users to experience a real feel.
  • FIG. 4 a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application is shown
  • the mobile phone enters the control interface.
  • the mobile phone enters the state of controlling the scrolling of the television interface. If the finger slides up the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone controls the smart television interface to scroll down, and at the same time, the screen of the mobile phone The mouse wheel on the screen will display the dynamic effect of scrolling up; if the finger slides down the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone will control the smart TV interface to scroll up, and the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will display the dynamic effect of scrolling down.
  • the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will continue to scroll, and the mobile phone will also control the smart TV interface to continuously scroll.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface provided by the present application, which may be applied to a smart TV. As shown in FIG. 5, the method includes:
  • Step 501 Receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment.
  • the second control command is to acquire an IP address of the smart TV by the user equipment, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction is
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slides over the user equipment; calculating an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the Determining the difference of x of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating the control of the smart television interface according to the a control instruction for scrolling in the direction of movement;
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment
  • Step 502 Parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the smart TV can obtain the corresponding moving direction by parsing the second control command sent by the user equipment, and when the moving direction is upward, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll upward, and when the moving direction is downward, the smart TV interface is controlled. Scroll down.
  • the smart television when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the smart television is: controlling the smart television interface to scroll the control instruction of the actual distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television parses the second Controlling the command, obtaining a corresponding moving direction and an actual distance, and controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • the actual distance is that the user equipment converts the difference according to a proportional relationship.
  • the ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, and is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the smart television when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the smart television is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the control instruction of the preset distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television parses the The second control instruction obtains a corresponding moving direction and a preset distance, and controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the smart TV analyzes the second control command by receiving the second control command sent by the user equipment, and controls the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction, so as to achieve the purpose of controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface by the user equipment.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface according to the present application, the method includes:
  • Step 601 Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Enter the same local area network;
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are located in the same local area network.
  • the user equipment can obtain the IP address of the smart television by searching the network, and the user equipment needs to access the same local area network with the smart television, that is, by generating and transmitting the smart television.
  • a first control instruction of the IP address to the smart TV to control the user equipment and the smart television to access to the same local area network;
  • the first control instruction may control the user equipment and the smart TV to establish a WIFI connection.
  • the user equipment can obtain the IP address of a certain smart TV, and access the same local area network with the specific smart television through the first control instruction.
  • Step 602 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
  • the triggering instruction is an initial condition for the user equipment to control the scrolling of the smart television interface, and the triggering instruction can be received in multiple manners;
  • a specific icon is set on the user equipment, and when the finger touches the specific icon, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction; or, when the user equipment sets a specific trigger mode, such as shaking the user equipment, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction. .
  • the user equipment is provided with an coordinate axis, so that the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; and the coordinate origin of the coordinate axis can be set at any position on the screen of the user equipment according to requirements. ;
  • the user equipment may be divided into effective areas, and the user is instructed to slide the user equipment in the y-axis direction; the effective area refers to dividing a specific area for the user equipment.
  • the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and when the finger does not slide in the specific area, the user equipment does not obtain the sliding over the user equipment.
  • the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of course, the entire screen area of the user device can be used as the effective area.
  • Step 603 Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point may be subtracted from the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point to calculate the difference;
  • the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is subtracted from the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point, and the difference is calculated.
  • the specific calculation method can be set in advance in the user equipment.
  • Step 604 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference and the moving direction may be stored in the user equipment in the form of a table; specifically, the correspondence may be multiple, for example:
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the moving direction indicates that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll up; the moving direction is downward to indicate that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll down; and the moving direction is no indication that the television interface scrolling is not required.
  • the corresponding correspondence may be pre-stored in the user equipment according to the calculation mode set in the user equipment. Referring to Table 2, the correspondence between the difference value and the movement direction in a calculation mode is shown.
  • Step 605 Determine whether the mobile phone needs to move according to the found moving direction, and when it is determined that the mobile device needs to move, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • Step 606 Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  • the found moving direction is up or down
  • a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll upward is generated, and the second control command is generated.
  • the control command is sent to the smart TV to enable the smart TV to scroll up according to the second control instruction;
  • the moving direction is downward, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down, and Sending, by the second control instruction, to the smart television, so that the smart television can scroll down according to the second control instruction;
  • the time for the user equipment to perform the series of actions is very short.
  • the user equipment may continue to perform the above actions to control the effect of the smart TV reaching continuous scrolling.
  • control of the scrolling of the television interface is implemented by the user equipment, and the hardware device such as the button remote controller and the mouse is not required to meet the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface.
  • the method may include:
  • Step 701 Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Enter the same local area network;
  • Step 702 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
  • Step 703 Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • Step 704 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 705 Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the difference is converted into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the pre-stored proportional relationship;
  • the ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to a distance that the smart television interface actually scrolls, and the proportional relationship may be set according to actual needs. For example, if the ratio of the distance that slides over the user equipment to the actual scrolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, then when the distance over the user equipment is 1 unit, the actual distance of the corresponding smart TV interface is scrolled. 10 units;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point can be converted into the actual distance of the smart television interface scrolling.
  • the actual distance of the switched smart TV interface scroll is 5; of course, if the difference is assumed to be -0.5, the actual distance of the converted smart TV interface scroll is also 5.
  • the proportional relationship is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 706 Generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • Step 707 Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  • the user equipment calculates that the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is 0.5 unit, and according to the difference, the moving direction corresponding to the difference is found to be downward, and is stored in the user.
  • the ratio of the distance between the user equipment and the actual rolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, according to the proportional relationship, the actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface is 5 units, correspondingly, the user equipment Generating a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll up 5 units, and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll up 5 units according to the second control instruction.
  • the user equipment pre-stores a proportional relationship between the distance swept by the user equipment and the actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface, so that the user equipment can calculate the calculated y coordinate value of the current coordinate point according to the proportional relationship.
  • the difference of the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is converted into the actual distance of the smart TV interface scrolling, and the actual distance of the smart TV interface can be controlled by the corresponding control command, which satisfies the requirement of the user to control the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • the proportional relationship can be set according to actual needs, which improves the convenience of scrolling control of the smart TV interface.
  • the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6 is different in that a preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment, and after the user equipment determines that the mobile device needs to be moved, the smart TV interface is generated and controlled according to the moving direction. Rolling the second control command of the preset distance and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV.
  • the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and can be set according to actual conditions, that is, when the user equipment controls the generated smart TV interface to scroll the preset according to the moving direction. After the second control command of the distance is sent to the smart TV, the smart TV interface scrolls a fixed distance according to the moving direction.
  • Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface.
  • the method may include:
  • Step 801 Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, and the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV to connect Enter the same local area network;
  • Step 802 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment;
  • Step 803 Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • Step 804 Find a moving direction corresponding to the difference value
  • Step 805 Determine, according to the moving direction of the search, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved, and when it is determined that the mobile phone needs to move, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • Step 806 Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  • Step 807 Call a picture corresponding to the moving direction, and replace the picture with the currently displayed picture for display;
  • a plurality of pictures are pre-stored in the user equipment, and after determining the moving direction, the corresponding picture may be called according to the moving direction, for example, when determining that the moving direction is upward, calling the next picture of the currently displayed picture, The effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
  • the moving direction is determined to be downward, the previous picture of the currently displayed picture is called, and the effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
  • the two execution actions of the user equipment to send the generated second control command to the smart TV and display the picture corresponding to the moving direction are not limited in sequence; that is, steps 806 and 807 are not sequentially defined; Simultaneous execution; the second control command may be sent to the smart TV first, and then the picture corresponding to the moving direction is displayed; of course, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be displayed first, and then the second control command is sent to the smart TV;
  • the above two actions can be performed simultaneously, that is, while controlling the smart TV interface to scroll, the corresponding picture is displayed to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect.
  • a plurality of pictures are stored in the user equipment.
  • the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be called, and the picture is replaced by the currently displayed picture to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect. It enables users to experience a real feel.
  • FIG. 9 a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application is shown.
  • the mobile phone enters the control interface.
  • the “mouse" pattern located at the bottom of the mobile phone screen is clicked, the mobile phone enters the state of controlling the television interface to scroll, and if the finger slides up, The scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone controls the smart TV interface to scroll down.
  • the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone displays the dynamic effect of scrolling upwards; if the finger slides down the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone controls the smart The TV interface scrolls up and the mouse wheel on the phone screen shows the dynamic effect of scrolling down.
  • the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will continue to scroll, and the mobile phone will also control the smart TV interface to continuously scroll.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface provided by the present application, which may be suitably configured in a smart TV. As shown in FIG. 10, the method includes:
  • Step 1001 Receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment.
  • the second control command is to acquire an IP address of the smart TV by the user equipment, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction is
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; calculating a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the Determining the difference of y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating the control of the smart television interface according to the a control instruction for scrolling in the direction of movement;
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment
  • Step 1002 Parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the smart TV can obtain the corresponding moving direction by parsing the second control command sent by the user equipment, and when the moving direction is upward, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll upward, and when the moving direction is downward, the smart TV interface is controlled. Scroll down.
  • the smart television when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the smart television is: controlling the smart television interface to scroll the control instruction of the actual distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television parses the second Controlling the command, obtaining a corresponding moving direction and an actual distance, and controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • the actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the smart television when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the smart television is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the control instruction of the preset distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television parses the The second control instruction obtains a corresponding moving direction and a preset distance, and controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the smart TV analyzes the second control command by receiving the second control command sent by the user equipment, and controls the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction, so as to achieve the purpose of controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface by the user equipment.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, the method includes:
  • Step 1101 Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
  • the user equipment and the smart TV When the user equipment and the smart TV are located in different LANs, the user equipment and the smart TV need to be logged in to the same server.
  • the user can log in by inputting an account and a password on the user device; of course, the password can be set without entering a password on the user device; when the user triggers the login button, the user device
  • the first control instruction is generated to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server corresponding to the account.
  • Step 1102 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
  • the triggering instruction is an initial condition for the user equipment to control the scrolling of the smart television interface, and the triggering instruction can be received in multiple manners;
  • a specific icon is set on the user equipment, and when the finger touches the specific icon, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction; or, when the user equipment sets a specific trigger mode, such as shaking the user equipment, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction. .
  • the user equipment is provided with an coordinate axis, so that the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; and the coordinate origin of the coordinate axis can be set at any position on the screen of the user equipment according to requirements. ;
  • the user equipment may be divided into an effective area, and the user is instructed to slide the user equipment in the x-axis direction; the effective area is to divide the specific area of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and when the finger does not slide in the specific area, the user equipment does not obtain the sliding over the user equipment.
  • the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of course, the entire screen area of the user device can be used as the effective area.
  • Step 1103 Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point may be subtracted from the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point to calculate the difference;
  • the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is subtracted from the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point, and the difference is calculated.
  • the specific calculation method can be set in advance in the user equipment.
  • Step 1104 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the correspondence between different differences and the moving direction may be stored in the user equipment in the form of a table.
  • the corresponding relationship can be various, for example:
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the moving direction indicates that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll up; the moving direction is downward to indicate that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll down; and the moving direction is no indication that the television interface scrolling is not required.
  • the corresponding correspondence relationship may be pre-stored in the user equipment according to the calculation manner set in the user equipment. Referring to Table 1, the correspondence between the difference value and the moving direction in the calculation mode is shown.
  • Step 1105 Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved, and when it is determined that the mobile phone needs to move, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • Step 1106 Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the smart TV can receive the second control command sent by the server.
  • a specific smart TV may be selected by the user equipment, and the second control command is sent by the user equipment to the server, and then the second The control command is sent to the specific smart TV; of course, the second control command may also be sent by the server to multiple devices that log in to the same server with the user equipment. Smart TV.
  • a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll upward is generated, and the second control command is generated.
  • the control command is sent to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll upward according to the second control instruction;
  • the moving direction is downward, And generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down, and sends the second control instruction to the server, and the server sends the smart control to the smart television, so that the smart television can be down according to the second control instruction.
  • the time for the user equipment to perform the series of actions is very short.
  • the user equipment may continue to perform the above actions to control the effect of the smart TV reaching continuous scrolling.
  • control of the scrolling of the television interface is implemented by the user equipment, and the hardware device such as the button remote controller and the mouse is not required to meet the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface.
  • the method may include:
  • Step 1201 Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
  • Step 1202 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
  • Step 1203 Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • Step 1204 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 1205 Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the difference is converted into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the pre-stored proportional relationship;
  • the ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to a distance that the smart television interface actually scrolls, and the proportional relationship may be set according to actual needs. For example, if the ratio of the distance that slides over the user equipment to the actual scrolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, then when the distance over the user equipment is 1 unit, the actual distance of the corresponding smart TV interface is scrolled. 10 units;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point can be converted into the actual distance of the smart television interface scrolling.
  • the actual distance of the converted smart TV interface scroll is 5; of course, if the difference is assumed to be -0.5, correspondingly, the conversion The actual distance of the smart TV interface after scrolling is also 5.
  • the proportional relationship is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 1206 Generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • Step 1207 Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the user equipment calculates that the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is 0.5 unit, and according to the difference, the moving direction corresponding to the difference is found to be downward, and is stored in the user.
  • the ratio of the distance between the user equipment and the actual rolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, according to the proportional relationship, the actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface is 5 units, correspondingly, the user equipment Generating a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll up 5 units, and sending the second control command to the server, and sending the smart TV to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll up according to the second control instruction.
  • the distance of the unit is the distance between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point.
  • the user equipment pre-stores a proportional relationship between the distance swept by the user equipment and the actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface, so that the user equipment can calculate the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point according to the proportional relationship.
  • the difference of the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is converted into the actual distance of the smart TV interface scrolling, and the actual distance of the smart TV interface can be controlled by the corresponding control command, which satisfies the requirement of the user to control the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • the proportional relationship can be set according to actual needs, which improves the convenience of scrolling control of the smart TV interface.
  • the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 11 is different in that a preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment, and after the user equipment determines that the mobile device needs to be moved, the smart TV interface is generated and controlled according to the moving direction. And scrolling the second control instruction of the preset distance, and sending the second control instruction to the server, and sent by the server to the smart TV that logs in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and can be set according to actual conditions, that is, when the user equipment controls the generated smart TV interface to scroll the preset according to the moving direction.
  • the second control command of the distance is sent to the server, and after being forwarded to the smart TV by the server, the smart TV interface scrolls a fixed distance according to the moving direction.
  • Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface.
  • the method may include:
  • Step 1301 Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
  • Step 1302 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment.
  • Step 1303 Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • Step 1304 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 1305 Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone is required to be moved, and when it is determined that the mobile phone needs to move, generate a second control command that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • Step 1306 Send the second control instruction to the server, where the server will Transmitting the second control instruction to the smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment;
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 1307 Call a picture corresponding to the moving direction, and replace the picture with the currently displayed picture for display;
  • a plurality of pictures are pre-stored in the user equipment, and after determining the moving direction, the corresponding picture may be called according to the moving direction, for example, when determining that the moving direction is upward, calling the next picture of the currently displayed picture, The effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
  • the moving direction is determined to be downward, the previous picture of the currently displayed picture is called, and the effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
  • the two execution actions of the user equipment to send the generated control command to the smart TV and display the picture corresponding to the moving direction are not limited by the sequence; that is, the steps 1306 and 1307 have no prior order limitation; Simultaneous execution; it is also possible to first send a control command to the smart TV through the server, and then display a picture corresponding to the moving direction; of course, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be displayed first, and then the control command is sent to the smart TV through the server;
  • the above two actions can be performed simultaneously, that is, while controlling the smart TV interface to scroll, the corresponding picture is displayed to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect.
  • a plurality of pictures are stored in the user equipment.
  • the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be called, and the picture is replaced by the currently displayed picture to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect. It enables users to experience a real feel.
  • FIG. 14 a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application is shown.
  • the mobile phone enters the control interface.
  • the “mouse" pattern located at the bottom of the mobile phone screen is clicked, the mobile phone enters the state of controlling the television interface to scroll, and if the finger slides up the mobile phone The scroll wheel displayed on the screen will control the smart TV interface to scroll down.
  • the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will display the dynamic effect of scrolling up; if the finger slides down the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone will control the smart TV.
  • the interface scrolls up and the mouse wheel on the phone screen shows the dynamic effect of scrolling down.
  • the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will continue to scroll, and the mobile phone will also control the smart TV interface to continuously scroll.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface provided by the present application, which may be suitably set in a smart TV. As shown in Figure 15, the method includes:
  • Step 1501 Generate a third control instruction to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server.
  • the smart TV interface needs to be controlled by the user equipment to scroll, the smart TV and the user equipment are logged into the same server, and the user can log in by inputting an account and a password on the smart TV.
  • the password may not be set.
  • the login can be performed; when the user triggers the login button, the smart TV generates a third control command to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server corresponding to the account.
  • Step 1502 Receive a second control instruction sent by the server.
  • the second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire the starting coordinate point and current of the user equipment. a coordinate point; calculating a difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction;
  • the generated control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is sent to the server;
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment
  • Step 1503 Parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the smart TV can obtain the corresponding moving direction by parsing the second control instruction sent by the user equipment that is logged in to the same server with the smart TV and sent by the server to the smart TV, when the moving direction is upward. Then, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll up, and when the moving direction is downward, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll down.
  • the second control command sent by the smart TV and transmitted by the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction of the actual distance according to the moving direction, the smart television parsing
  • the second control instruction obtains a corresponding moving direction and an actual distance, and controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • the actual distance is that the user equipment converts the difference according to a proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a distance that slides over the user equipment and an actual scrolling of the smart television interface.
  • the ratio of the distances and is stored in advance in the user equipment.
  • the second control command sent by the smart television to the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction of the preset distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television Parsing the second control instruction to obtain a corresponding moving direction and a preset distance, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the smart TV receives the second control command sent by the server, and the second control command is sent to the server by the user equipment that is logged in to the same server as the smart TV, and the second control instruction is parsed by the smart television.
  • the moving direction controls the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and the purpose of controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface by the user equipment is realized.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, the method includes:
  • Step 1601 Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
  • the user equipment and the smart TV When the user equipment and the smart TV are located in different LANs, the user equipment and the smart TV need to be logged in to the same server.
  • the user can log in by inputting an account and a password on the user device; of course, the password can be set without entering a password on the user device; when the user triggers the login button, the user device
  • the first control instruction is generated to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server corresponding to the account.
  • Step 1602 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the triggering instruction is an initial condition for the user equipment to control the scrolling of the smart television interface, and the triggering instruction can be received in multiple manners;
  • a specific icon is set on the user equipment, and when the finger touches the specific icon, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction; or, when the user equipment sets a specific trigger mode, such as shaking the user equipment, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction. .
  • the user equipment is provided with an coordinate axis, so that the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; and the coordinate origin of the coordinate axis can be set at any position on the screen of the user equipment according to requirements. ;
  • the user equipment may be divided into effective areas, and the user is instructed to slide the user equipment in the y-axis direction;
  • the effective area refers to dividing a specific area for the user equipment.
  • the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and when the finger does not slide in the specific area, the user equipment does not obtain the sliding over the user equipment.
  • the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of course, the entire screen area of the user device can be used as the effective area.
  • Step 1603 Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point may be subtracted from the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point to calculate the difference;
  • the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is subtracted from the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point, and the difference is calculated.
  • the specific calculation method can be set in advance in the user equipment.
  • Step 1604 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference and the moving direction may be stored in the user equipment in the form of a table; specifically, the correspondence may be multiple, for example:
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the moving direction indicates that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll up; the moving direction is downward to indicate that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll down; and the moving direction is no indication that the television interface scrolling is not required.
  • the corresponding correspondence may be pre-stored in the user equipment according to the calculation mode set in the user equipment. Referring to Table 2, the correspondence between the difference value and the movement direction in a calculation mode is shown.
  • Step 1605 Determine whether the mobile phone needs to move according to the found moving direction, and when it is determined that the mobile device needs to move, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • Step 1606 Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the smart TV can receive the second control command sent by the server.
  • a specific smart TV may be selected by the user equipment, and the second control command is sent by the user equipment to the server, and then the second The control command is sent to the particular smart TV; of course, the second control command may also be sent by the server to a plurality of smart televisions that are logged into the same server as the user equipment.
  • a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll upward is generated, and the second control command is generated.
  • the control command is sent to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll upward according to the second control instruction;
  • the moving direction is downward, And generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down, and sends the second control instruction to the server, and the server sends the smart control to the smart television, so that the smart television can be down according to the second control instruction.
  • the time for the user equipment to perform the series of actions is very short.
  • the user equipment may continue to perform the above actions to control the effect of the smart TV reaching continuous scrolling.
  • control of the scrolling of the television interface is implemented by the user equipment, and the hardware device such as the button remote controller and the mouse is not required to meet the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface.
  • the method may include:
  • Step 1701 Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
  • Step 1702 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
  • Step 1703 Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • Step 1704 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 1705 Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the difference is converted into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the pre-stored proportional relationship;
  • the ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to a distance that the smart television interface actually scrolls, and the proportional relationship may be set according to actual needs. For example, if the ratio of the distance that slides over the user equipment to the actual scrolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, then when the distance over the user equipment is 1 unit, the actual distance of the corresponding smart TV interface is scrolled. 10 units;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point can be converted into the actual distance of the smart television interface scrolling.
  • the actual distance of the switched smart TV interface scroll is 5; of course, if the difference is assumed to be -0.5, the actual distance of the converted smart TV interface scroll is also 5.
  • the proportional relationship is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 1706 Generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • Step 1707 Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the user equipment calculates that the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is 0.5 unit, and according to the difference, the moving direction corresponding to the difference is found to be downward, and is stored in the user.
  • the ratio of the distance between the user equipment and the actual rolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, according to the proportional relationship, the actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface is 5 units, correspondingly, the user equipment Generating a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll up 5 units, and sending the second control command to the server, and sending the smart TV to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll up according to the second control instruction.
  • the distance of the unit is the distance between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point.
  • the user equipment pre-stores a proportional relationship between the distance swept by the user equipment and the actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface, so that the user equipment can calculate the calculated y coordinate value of the current coordinate point according to the proportional relationship.
  • the difference of the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is converted into the actual distance of the smart TV interface scrolling, and the actual distance of the smart TV interface can be controlled by the corresponding control command, which satisfies the requirement of the user to control the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • the proportional relationship can be set according to actual needs, which improves the convenience of scrolling control of the smart TV interface.
  • the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 16 differs in the user equipment. Pre-storing a preset distance, and when the user equipment determines that the mobile device needs to be moved, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and sends the second control instruction to The server is sent by the server to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and can be set according to actual conditions, that is, when the user equipment controls the generated smart TV interface to scroll the preset according to the moving direction.
  • the second control command of the distance is sent to the server, and after being forwarded to the smart TV by the server, the smart TV interface scrolls a fixed distance according to the moving direction.
  • Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface.
  • the method may include:
  • Step 1801 Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
  • Step 1802 After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
  • Step 1803 Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
  • Step 1804 Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • Step 1805 Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to move, generate a second control command that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • Step 1806 Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment;
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 1807 Call a picture corresponding to the moving direction, and replace the picture with the currently displayed picture for display;
  • a plurality of pictures are pre-stored in the user equipment, and after determining the moving direction, the corresponding picture may be called according to the moving direction, for example, when determining that the moving direction is upward, calling the next picture of the currently displayed picture, The effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
  • the moving direction is determined to be downward, the previous picture of the currently displayed picture is called, and the effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
  • the two execution actions that the user equipment sends the generated control command to the smart TV through the server and displays the picture corresponding to the moving direction are not limited in sequence; that is, the steps 1806 and 1807 have no prior order limitation; Simultaneous execution; it is also possible to first send a control command to the smart TV through the server, and then display a picture corresponding to the moving direction; of course, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be displayed first, and then the control command is sent to the smart TV through the server;
  • the above two actions can be performed simultaneously, that is, while controlling the smart TV interface to scroll, the corresponding picture is displayed to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect.
  • a plurality of pictures are stored in the user equipment.
  • the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be called, and the picture is replaced by the currently displayed picture to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect. It enables users to experience a real feel.
  • FIG. 19 a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application is shown.
  • the mobile phone enters the control interface.
  • the “mouse” pattern located at the bottom of the mobile phone screen is clicked, the mobile phone enters the state of controlling the television interface to scroll, and if the finger slides up the mobile phone The scroll wheel displayed on the screen will control the smart TV interface to scroll down.
  • the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will display the dynamic effect of scrolling up; if the finger slides down the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone will control the smart TV.
  • the interface scrolls up and the mouse wheel on the phone screen shows the dynamic effect of scrolling down.
  • the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will continue to scroll, and the mobile phone will also control the smart TV interface to continuously scroll.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface provided by the present application, which may be suitably set in a smart TV. As shown in FIG. 20, the method includes:
  • Step 2001 Generate a third control instruction to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server;
  • the smart TV interface needs to be controlled by the user equipment, the smart TV and the user equipment are logged into the same server, and the user can use the party that inputs the account and password on the smart TV.
  • Log in of course, you can also not set a password, only the account of the server can be entered on the smart TV; when the user triggers the login button, the smart TV generates a third control command to control the smart TV to log in to the account corresponding to the account.
  • the server sets the server.
  • Step 2002 Receive a second control instruction sent by the server
  • the second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire the starting coordinate point and current of the user equipment. a coordinate point; calculating a difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction;
  • the generated control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is sent to the server;
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment
  • Step 2003 Parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the smart TV can obtain the corresponding moving direction by parsing the second control instruction sent by the user equipment that is logged in to the same server with the smart TV and sent by the server to the smart TV, when the moving direction is upward. Then, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll up, and when the moving direction is downward, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll down.
  • the second control command sent by the smart TV and transmitted by the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction of the actual distance according to the moving direction, the smart television parsing
  • the second control instruction obtains a corresponding moving direction and an actual distance, and controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • the actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the second control command sent by the smart television to the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction of the preset distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television Parsing the second control instruction to obtain a corresponding moving direction and a preset distance, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the smart TV receives the second control command sent by the server, and the second control command is sent to the server by the user equipment that is logged in to the same server as the smart TV, and the second control instruction is parsed by the smart television.
  • the moving direction controls the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and the purpose of controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface by the user equipment is realized.
  • the present application also provides a computer readable recording medium on which a program for executing the above method is recorded.
  • the computer readable recording medium includes any mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a computer (eg, a computer).
  • a machine-readable medium includes read only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk storage media, optical storage media, flash storage media, electrical, optical, acoustic, or other forms of propagation signals (eg, carrier waves) , infrared signals, digital signals, etc.).
  • the present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface as shown in FIG. 21, which is applied to a user equipment.
  • the apparatus may include: a first acquiring module 2101, a first generating sending module 2102, a receiving module 2103, a second obtaining module 2104, a calculating module 2105, a first storage module 2106, a searching module 2107, and a determining module. 2108.
  • the second generation sending module 2109 where:
  • the first acquiring module 2101 is configured to obtain an IP address of the smart TV
  • the first generation sending module 2102 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
  • the first receiving module 2103 is configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2104 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2105 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2106 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2107 is configured to search for the difference in the first storage module 606 Corresponding movement direction;
  • the determining module 2108 is configured to determine whether a move is needed according to the found moving direction
  • the second generation sending module 2109 is configured to generate, when it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television .
  • the first storage module 2106 stores the corresponding relationship in multiple implementation forms, specifically:
  • the corresponding relationship stored by the first storage module 2106 includes:
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the correspondence includes:
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the device may include: a first obtaining module 2201, a first generating and sending module 2202, and a first a receiving module 2203, a second obtaining module 2204, a calculating module 2205, a first storing module 2206, a searching module 2207, a determining module 2208, a converting module 2210, a second storing module 2211, and a second generating sending module 2209, wherein:
  • the first obtaining module 2201 is configured to obtain an IP address of the smart TV.
  • the first generation sending module 2202 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user setting And the smart TV is connected to the same local area network;
  • the first receiving module 2203 is configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2204 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2205 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2206 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2207 is configured to search, in the first storage module 706, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
  • the determining module 2208 is configured to determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved;
  • the second storage module 2211 is configured to store a proportional relationship in advance
  • the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance swept across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface.
  • the conversion module 2210 is configured to, after determining that the mobile phone needs to be moved, convert the difference value into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
  • the second generation sending module 2209 may be configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
  • a further embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of a smart TV interface.
  • the device is applied to a user equipment.
  • the device may include: a first obtaining module 2301, a first generating and sending module 2302, and a first a receiving module 2303, a second obtaining module 2304, a calculating module 2305, a first storage module 2306, a lookup module 23067, a determining module 2308, a second generating transmitting module 2309;
  • the apparatus can also include a third storage module 2312, wherein:
  • the first obtaining module 2301 is configured to acquire an IP address of the smart TV
  • the first generation sending module 2302 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
  • the first receiving module 2303 is configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2304 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point of the user equipment and Current coordinate point;
  • the calculating module 2305 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 806 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2307 is configured to search, in the first storage module 806, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
  • the determining module 2308 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction
  • the third storage module 2312 is configured to store a preset distance in advance; the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface;
  • the second generation sending module 2309 may be configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television;
  • the apparatus may further include a fourth storage module 2313, a calling module 2314, and a replacement display module 2315, where:
  • the fourth storage module 2313 is configured to store a picture
  • the calling module 2314 is configured to, after the second generation sending module 809 generates the control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
  • the replacement display module 2315 is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, where the apparatus is applied to a smart television.
  • the apparatus may include: a second receiving module 2401 and a parsing control module 2402, wherein:
  • the second receiving module 2401 is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment
  • the second control command is to acquire an IP address of the smart TV by the user equipment, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction is
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slides over the user equipment; calculating an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the Find the difference between the x of the starting coordinate point and the difference
  • the moving direction determines whether the movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when it is determined that the movement is required, the generated control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the analysis control module 2402 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the parsing control The module 2402 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the parsing control module 2402 sets In order to parse the second control instruction, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • the preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface as shown in FIG. 21, the apparatus being applied to a user equipment.
  • the apparatus may include: a first acquiring module 2101, a first generating and sending module 2102, a first receiving module 2103, a second acquiring module 2104, a calculating module 2105, a first storing module 2106, a searching module 2107, The determining module 2108 and the second generating sending module 2109, wherein:
  • the first obtaining module 2101 is configured to obtain an IP address of the smart TV.
  • the first generation sending module 2102 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
  • the first receiving module 2103 is configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2104 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2105 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2106 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2107 is configured to search, in the first storage module 2106, a moving direction corresponding to the difference;
  • the determining module 2108 is configured to determine whether a move is needed according to the found moving direction
  • the second generation sending module 2109 is configured to generate, when it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television .
  • the first storage module 2106 stores the corresponding relationship in multiple implementation forms, specifically:
  • the corresponding relationship stored by the first storage module 2106 includes:
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the correspondence includes:
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the device may include: a first acquiring module 2201, a first The generating and sending module 2202, the first receiving module 2203, the second obtaining module 2204, the calculating module 2205, the first storing module 2206, the searching module 2207, the determining module 2208, the converting module 2210, the second storing module 2211, and the second generating sending module 2209, where:
  • the first obtaining module 2201 is configured to obtain an IP address of the smart TV.
  • the first generation sending module 2202 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
  • the first receiving module 2203 is configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2204 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2205 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2206 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2207 is configured to search, in the first storage module 706, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
  • the determining module 2208 is configured to determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved;
  • the second storage module 2211 is configured to store a proportional relationship in advance
  • the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance swept across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface.
  • the conversion module 2210 is configured to, after determining that the mobile phone needs to be moved, convert the difference value into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
  • the second generation sending module 2209 may be specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
  • a further embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of a smart TV interface.
  • the device is applied to a user equipment.
  • the device may include: a first obtaining module 2301, a first generating and sending module 2302, and a first a receiving module 2303, a second obtaining module 2304, a calculating module 2305, a first storage module 2306, a lookup module 2307, a determining module 2308, a second generating transmitting module 2309;
  • the apparatus can also include a third storage module 2312, wherein:
  • the first obtaining module 2301 is configured to acquire an IP address of the smart TV
  • the first generation sending module 2302 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
  • the first receiving module 2303 is configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2304 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2305 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2306 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2307 is configured to search, in the first storage module 2306, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value
  • the determining module 2308 is configured to determine whether a mobile phone needs to be moved according to the searched moving direction; the third storage module 2312 is configured to store a preset distance in advance; the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface;
  • the second generation sending module 2309 may be specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  • the apparatus may further include a fourth storage module 2313, a calling module 2314, and a replacement display module 2315, where:
  • the fourth storage module 2313 is configured to store a picture
  • the calling module 2314 is configured to, after the second generation sending module 2309 generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
  • the replacement display module 2315 is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, where the apparatus is applied to a smart television.
  • the apparatus may include: a second receiving module 2401 and a parsing control module 2402, wherein:
  • the second receiving module 2401 is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment
  • the second control command is to acquire an IP address of the smart TV by the user equipment, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction is
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; calculating a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the Determining the difference of y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating the control of the smart television interface according to the Control instructions for moving direction scrolling.
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the analysis control module 2402 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the parsing control The module 2402 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the parsing control module 2402 sets In order to parse the second control instruction, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • the preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network.
  • the user equipment After receiving the triggering command, acquires the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and calculates the y coordinate of the current coordinate point.
  • the moving direction corresponding to the difference value may be searched, and according to the found moving direction, whether the movement needs to be performed is determined, and when it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, the generation is performed.
  • Controlling the smart TV interface to roll in accordance with the moving direction Moving the second control command and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV to cause the smart TV interface to scroll in the moving direction.
  • the application realizes the control of the scrolling of the smart television interface by using the user equipment, and satisfies the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • the present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface as shown in FIG. 25, which is applied to a user equipment.
  • the apparatus may include: a first generation module 2501, a first control module 2502, a first receiving module 2503, an obtaining module 2504, a computing module 2505, a first storage module 2506, a searching module 2507, and a determining module 2508. a second generation module 2509 and a sending module 2510, wherein:
  • the first generating module 2501 is configured to generate a first control instruction
  • the first control module 2502 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
  • the first receiving module 2503 is configured to receive a trigger instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2504 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2505 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2506 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2507 is configured to search, in the first storage module 605, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
  • the determining module 2508 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction
  • the second generating module 2509 is configured to generate, when it is determined that the mobile device needs to move, a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • the sending module 2510 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the first storage module 2506 stores the corresponding relationship in multiple implementation forms, specifically:
  • the corresponding relationship stored by the first storage module 2506 includes:
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, The corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the correspondence includes:
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the device is applied to a user equipment.
  • the device may include: a first generating module 2601, a first control module 2602, and a first The receiving module 2603, the second obtaining module 2604, the calculating module 2605, the first storing module 2606, the searching module 2607, the determining module 2608, the second generating module 2609, and the sending module 2610;
  • the device may further include a conversion module 2611 and a second storage module 2612;
  • the first generating module 2601 is configured to generate a first control instruction
  • the first control module 2602 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction
  • the first receiving module 2603 is configured to receive a trigger instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2604 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2605 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2606 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2607 is configured to search for the difference in the first storage module 2606 The direction of movement corresponding to the value;
  • the determining module 2608 is configured to determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved;
  • the second storage module 2612 is configured to store a proportional relationship in advance
  • the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance swept across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface.
  • the conversion module 2611 is configured to, after determining that the movement is required, convert the difference to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to a proportional relationship stored in the second storage module 2612;
  • the second generating module 2609 may be specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • the sending module 2610 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • a further embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface.
  • the device is applied to the user equipment.
  • the device may include: a first generating module 2701, a first control module 2702, The first receiving module 2703, the second obtaining module 2704, the calculating module 2705, the first storage module 2706, the searching module 2707, the determining module 2708, the second generating module 2709, and the sending module 2710;
  • the apparatus can also include a third storage module 2713, wherein:
  • the first generating module 2701 is configured to generate a first control instruction
  • the first control module 2702 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction
  • the first receiving module 2703 is configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2704 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2705 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2706 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2707 is configured to search for the difference in the first storage module 2706 The direction of movement corresponding to the value;
  • the determining module 2708 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction
  • the third storage module 2713 is configured to store a preset distance in advance; the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface;
  • the second generating module 2709 is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the sending module 2710 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the apparatus may further include a fourth storage module 2714, a calling module 2715, and a replacement display module 2716, where:
  • the fourth storage module 2714 is configured to store a picture
  • the calling module 2715 is configured to, after the second generating module 2709 generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
  • the replacement display module 2716 is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, where the apparatus is applied to a smart television,
  • the apparatus may include: a third generation module 2801, a second control module 2802, a third receiving module 2803, and a parsing control module 2804, where:
  • the third generation module 2801 is configured to generate a third control instruction, the second control module 2802, configured to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server according to the third control instruction;
  • the third receiving module 2803 is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the server
  • the second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire the starting coordinate point and current of the user equipment. a coordinate point; calculating a difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction; When it is determined that the mobile device needs to be moved, the generated control of the smart TV interface is followed.
  • the moving direction scrolling control command is sent by the user equipment to the server.
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the analysis control module 2804 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the second control instruction sent by the server received by the third receiving module 2803 is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • the parsing control module 2804 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the second control command sent by the server received by the third receiving module 2803 is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the parsing control module 2804 is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • the preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are logged in to the same server.
  • the user equipment After receiving the triggering command, acquires the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and calculates the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point.
  • the moving direction corresponding to the difference value may be searched, and according to the found moving direction, whether the movement is needed is needed, and when it is determined that the movement is required, the generation control is generated.
  • the smart TV interface scrolls the second control instruction according to the moving direction, and sends the second control instruction to the server, and is sent by the server to the smart television, so that the smart television interface scrolls according to the moving direction.
  • the application realizes the control of the scrolling of the smart television interface by using the user equipment, and satisfies the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • the present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface as shown in FIG. 25, the apparatus being applied to a user equipment.
  • the apparatus may include: a first generation module 2501, a first control module 2502, a first receiving module 2503, a second obtaining module 2504, a computing module 2505, a first storage module 2506, a searching module 2507, and a determining Module 2508, second generation module 2509, and transmission module 2510, wherein:
  • the first generating module 2501 is configured to generate a first control instruction
  • the first control module 2502 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
  • the first receiving module 2503 is configured to receive a trigger instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2504 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2505 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2506 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2507 is configured to search, in the first storage module 605, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
  • the determining module 2508 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction
  • the second generating module 2509 is configured to generate, when it is determined that the mobile device needs to move, a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
  • the sending module 2510 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the first storage module 25606 stores the corresponding relationship in multiple implementation forms, specifically:
  • the corresponding relationship stored by the first storage module 2506 includes:
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero.
  • the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the correspondence includes:
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
  • the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
  • the device is applied to a user equipment.
  • the device may include: a first generating module 2601, a first control module 2602, and a first The receiving module 2603, the second obtaining module 2604, the calculating module 2605, the first storing module 2606, the searching module 2607, the determining module 2608, the second generating module 2609, and the sending module 2610;
  • the device may further include a conversion module 2611 and a second storage module 2612;
  • the first generating module element 2601 is configured to generate a first control instruction
  • the control module 2602 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction
  • the first receiving module 2603 is configured to receive a trigger instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2604 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2605 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2606 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2607 is configured to search, in the first storage module 2606, a moving direction corresponding to the difference.
  • the determining module 2608 is configured to determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved;
  • the second storage module 2612 is configured to store a proportional relationship in advance
  • the proportional relationship is a distance swept across the user equipment and an actual scrolling of the smart television interface The distance ratio.
  • the conversion module 2611 is configured to, after determining that the movement is required, convert the difference to an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to a proportional relationship stored in the second storage module 712;
  • the second generating module 2609 may be specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • the sending module 2610 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • a further embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface.
  • the device is applied to the user equipment.
  • the device may include: a first generating module 2701, a first control module 2702, The first receiving module 2703, the second obtaining module 2704, the calculating module 2705, the first storage module 2706, the searching module 2707, the determining module 2708, the second generating module 2709, and the sending module 2710;
  • the apparatus can also include a third storage module 2713, wherein:
  • the first generating module 2701 is configured to generate a first control instruction
  • the first control module 2702 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction
  • the first receiving module 2703 is configured to receive a triggering instruction
  • the second obtaining module 2704 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
  • the calculating module 2705 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
  • the first storage module 2706 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction
  • the searching module 2707 is configured to search, in the first storage module 2705, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value
  • the determining module 2708 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction
  • the third storage module 2713 is configured to store a preset distance in advance; the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface;
  • the second generating module 2709 is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the sending module 2710 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  • the apparatus may further include a fourth storage module 2714, a calling module 2715, and a replacement display module 2716, where:
  • the fourth storage module 2714 is configured to store a picture
  • the calling module 2715 is configured to, after the second generating module 2709 generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
  • the replacement display module 2716 is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, where the apparatus should be configured as a smart television.
  • the apparatus may include: a third generation module 2801, a second control module 2802, a third receiving module 2803, and a parsing control module 2804, where:
  • the third generation module 2801 is configured to generate a third control instruction, the second control module 2802, configured to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server according to the third control instruction;
  • the third receiving module 2803 is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the server
  • the second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire the starting coordinate point and current of the user equipment. a coordinate point; calculating a difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction;
  • the generated control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is sent to the server by the user equipment.
  • the corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the analysis control module 2804 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  • the second control instruction sent by the server received by the third receiving module 2803 is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction;
  • the parsing control module 2804 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  • the actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the second control command sent by the server received by the third receiving module 2803 is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
  • the parsing control module 2804 is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  • the preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are logged in to the same server.
  • the user equipment After receiving the triggering command, the user equipment acquires the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and calculates the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point.
  • the moving direction corresponding to the difference value may be searched, and according to the found moving direction, whether the movement is needed is needed, and when it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, the generation control is generated.
  • the smart TV interface scrolls the second control instruction according to the moving direction, and sends the second control instruction to the server, and is sent by the server to the smart television, so that the smart television interface scrolls according to the moving direction.
  • the application realizes the control of the scrolling of the smart television interface by using the user equipment, and satisfies the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
  • the user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network.
  • the user equipment After receiving the triggering instruction, acquires the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and calculates the x coordinate of the current coordinate point.
  • the moving direction corresponding to the difference may be searched, and according to the found moving direction, it is determined whether it is needed Moving, when it is determined that the movement is required, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and transmitting the second control instruction to the smart television, so that the smart television interface scrolls according to the moving direction.
  • the application realizes the control of the scrolling of the smart television interface by using the user equipment, and satisfies the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.

Abstract

A method and device for controlling the scrolling of an interface of a smart television. The method can be applied to a user equipment and comprises: enabling a smart television and a user equipment access the same local area network via a first control instruction or generating the first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in a pre-set server; after a trigger instruction is received, acquiring a start coordinate point and a current coordinate point which skim over the user equipment; calculating a difference value between an x or y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x or y coordinate value of the start coordinate point; searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference value; and according to the moving direction, judging whether a movement is required, if it is determined that the movement is required, generating a second control instruction to control an interface of the smart television to scroll according to the moving direction, and sending the second control instruction to the smart television or sending same to the smart television by a server. By controlling the scrolling of an interface of a smart television via a user equipment, the present application satisfies the demand of people for controlling the scrolling of an interface of a smart television by a user equipment.

Description

一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法和装置Method and device for controlling scrolling of smart television interface
本申请要求在2013年11月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201310530783.X、发明名称为“一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法和装置”的中国专利申请;在2013年11月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201310530734.6、发明名称为“一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法和装置”的中国专利申请;在2013年11月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201310530191.8、发明名称为“一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法和装置”的中国专利申请;在2013年11月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201310530785.9、发明名称为“一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on November 30, 2013, application number 201310530783.X, and the invention titled "a method and device for controlling the scrolling of smart TV interfaces"; on November 30, 2013 Submitted to the Chinese Patent Office, application number 201310530734.6, the invention titled "a method and device for controlling the scrolling of smart TV interface"; submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on November 30, 2013, the application number is 201310530191.8, the name of the invention It is a Chinese patent application for “a method and device for controlling the scrolling of smart TV interfaces”; it was submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on November 30, 2013, and the application number is 201310530785.9. The invention name is “a method for controlling the scrolling of smart TV interfaces and The priority of the Chinese Patent Application, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及自动控制技术领域,更具体的说是涉及一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of automatic control technology, and more particularly to a method and apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface.
背景技术Background technique
智能电视在人们的日常生活中扮演着重要的角色,是人们生活、娱乐不可缺少的工具。随着信息技术的迅猛发展和人们对电视娱乐要求的不断提高,智能电视的便捷性也在日渐丰富。Smart TV plays an important role in people's daily life and is an indispensable tool for people's life and entertainment. With the rapid development of information technology and the increasing demand for TV entertainment, the convenience of smart TV is also increasing.
例如,在浏览智能电视的界面时,传统的方式通过采用按键式遥控器的上下键来实现智能电视界面的滚动,而为了提高控制智能电视界面滚动的便捷性,现在通常采用鼠标来实现智能电视界面的滚动。For example, when browsing the interface of the smart TV, the traditional way is to realize the scrolling of the smart TV interface by using the up and down keys of the button type remote controller, and in order to improve the convenience of controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, the mouse is usually used to realize the smart TV. The scrolling of the interface.
但是,随着手机、平板电脑等用户设备的广泛普及,人们更希望能够通过手持的用户设备来实现智能电视界面的滚动,因此,如何通过用户设备来实现对智能电视界面的滚动是人们迫切需求的。However, with the widespread popularity of user devices such as mobile phones and tablet computers, people are more eager to implement the scrolling of smart TV interfaces through handheld user devices. Therefore, how to implement scrolling of smart TV interfaces through user devices is an urgent need. of.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法和装置,以 满足人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。In view of this, the present application provides a method and apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface, Meet the need for people to control the scrolling of smart TV interfaces through user devices.
为实现上述目的之一,本申请提供如下技术方案:To achieve one of the above objectives, the present application provides the following technical solutions:
一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,应用于用户设备中,该方法包括:A method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a user equipment, the method comprising:
获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Obtaining an IP address of the smart TV, generating and transmitting a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV to access the same a local area network; after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment;
计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point ;
查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, wherein a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。Determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and sending the second control instruction to the smart TV.
在本申请一实施例中,当确定需要移动后,还包括:In an embodiment of the present application, when it is determined that the movement is required, the method further includes:
依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离,其中,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;Converting the difference to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, wherein the proportional relationship is a distance that is swept over the user equipment and an actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface Ratio
所述生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令具体为:生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令。The generating, by the second control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, is specifically: generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令具体为:In an embodiment of the present application, the generating, by the second control instruction, the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction is:
生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令。Generating, by the second control instruction, the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述生成所述第二控制指令后还包括:In an embodiment of the present application, after the generating the second control instruction, the method further includes:
调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片,将所述图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示,其中,所述图片预先存储于所述用户设备中。The picture corresponding to the moving direction is called, and the picture is replaced with the currently displayed picture for display, wherein the picture is pre-stored in the user equipment.
一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,应用于智能电视中,该方法包括:A method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a smart television, the method comprising:
接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令,其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户 设备获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Receiving a second control instruction sent by the user equipment, where the second control instruction is performed by a user Obtaining, by the device, an IP address of the smart TV, generating and transmitting a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television to access After receiving the triggering command, the same local area network acquires a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slides over the user equipment; and calculates a difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point. Or calculating a difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction. When it is determined that the movement is required, the generated control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, wherein the user equipment pre-stores a corresponding relationship between different difference values and a moving direction;
解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。Parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令,其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;In an embodiment of the present application, the second control command sent by the receiving user equipment is: a control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, where the actual distance is the The user equipment converts the difference according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface;
所述解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动具体为:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll an actual distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令;In an embodiment of the present application, the second control command sent by the receiving user equipment is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
所述解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动具体为:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,应用于用户设备中,该装置包括:A device for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a user equipment, the device comprising:
第一获取模块,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址;a first obtaining module, configured to obtain an IP address of the smart television;
第一生成发送模块,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;a first generation sending module, configured to acquire an IP address of the smart TV, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and The smart TV is connected to the same local area network;
第一接收模块,设置为接收触发指令;a first receiving module, configured to receive a triggering instruction;
第二获取模块,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标 点;a second acquiring module, configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate of the user equipment point;
计算模块,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;a calculation module, configured to calculate an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus a difference value of the x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point, or calculate a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus the initial coordinate point The difference of the y-coordinate values;
第一存储模块,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;a first storage module, configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
查找模块,设置为在所述第一存储模块中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;a searching module, configured to search, in the first storage module, a moving direction corresponding to the difference;
判断模块,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;a judging module configured to determine whether a movement is required according to the found moving direction;
第二生成发送模块,设置为当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。And a second generation sending module configured to: when it is determined that the movement is required, generate a control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
在本申请一实施例中,还包括第二存储模块和转换模块,其中:In an embodiment of the present application, the second storage module and the conversion module are further included, where:
所述第二存储模块,设置为预先存储比例关系;其中,所述比例关系为,滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离比;The second storage module is configured to pre-store a proportional relationship; wherein the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface;
所述转换模块,设置为当确定需要移动后,依据所述比例关系将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;The conversion module is configured to, after determining that the movement needs to be performed, convert the difference value to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
则所述第二生成发送模块设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令,,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。And the second generation sending module is configured to generate a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
在本申请一实施例中,还包括第三存储模块,所述第三存储模块设置为预先存储预设距离;In an embodiment of the present application, the third storage module is further configured to store a preset distance in advance;
则所述第二生成发送模块具体设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。The second generation sending module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
在本申请一实施例中,还包括第四存储模块、调用模块和替换显示模块,其中:In an embodiment of the present application, the fourth storage module, the calling module, and the replacement display module are further included, where:
所述第四存储模块设置为存储图片;The fourth storage module is configured to store a picture;
所述调用模块设置为在所述第二生成发送模块生成所述第二控制指令后,调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片;The calling module is configured to, after the second generation sending module generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
所述替换显示模块设置为将所述调用的图片替换当前显示图片进行显 示。The replacement display module is configured to replace the called picture with a current display picture for display Show.
一种智能电视界面滚动装置,应用于智能电视中,该装置包括:A smart television interface scrolling device is applied to a smart television, the device comprising:
第二接收模块,设置为接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令;其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The second receiving module is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment, where the second control instruction is that the user equipment acquires an IP address of the smart TV, and generates and sends an IP address carrying the smart TV. a control command to the smart TV, the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television to access to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point that slides over the user equipment and a current coordinate point; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and x of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y of the starting coordinate point And searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining, according to the searched moving direction, whether a movement is required, and when determining that the movement is required, generating a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction, wherein, A corresponding relationship between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
解析控制模块,设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。The analysis control module is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述第二接收模块接收的所述用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令,其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;In an embodiment of the present application, the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module is: a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, where The actual distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, and the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface. ;
所述解析控制模块具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述第二接收模块接收的所述用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的指令;In an embodiment of the present application, the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module is: an instruction to control the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
所述解析控制具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing control is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
本申请还提供一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,应用于用户设备中,该方法包括:The application also provides a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface, which is applied to a user equipment, and the method includes:
生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器; Generating a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server;
接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment;
计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point ;
查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, wherein a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating a second control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。Sending the second control command to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
在本申请一实施例中,当确定需要移动后,还包括:In an embodiment of the present application, when it is determined that the movement is required, the method further includes:
依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离,其中,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;Converting the difference to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, wherein the proportional relationship is a distance that is swept over the user equipment and an actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface Ratio
所述生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令具体为:生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令。The generating, by the second control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, is specifically: generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令具体为:In an embodiment of the present application, the generating, by the second control instruction, the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction is:
生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令。Generating, by the second control instruction, the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述生成所述第二控制指令后还包括:In an embodiment of the present application, after the generating the second control instruction, the method further includes:
调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片,将所述图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示,其中,所述图片预先存储于所述用户设备中。The picture corresponding to the moving direction is called, and the picture is replaced with the currently displayed picture for display, wherein the picture is pre-stored in the user equipment.
一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,应用于智能电视中,该方法包括:A method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a smart television, the method comprising:
生成第三控制指令控制所述智能电视登录到预设服务器;Generating a third control instruction to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server;
接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令;其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到所述预设服务器,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值,查找与所述 差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并发送给所述服务器;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Receiving a second control instruction sent by the server; wherein the second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the trigger instruction, acquiring the slip Passing a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point of the user equipment; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a y coordinate of the current coordinate point The difference between the value and the y-coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, the search and the The movement direction corresponding to the difference is determined according to the searched movement direction, and whether the movement is required, and when it is determined that the movement is required, the generated control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the movement direction is sent to the server; The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。Parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;In an embodiment of the present application, the receiving, by the server, the second control instruction is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction, where the actual The distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, wherein the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface;
所述解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动具体为:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll an actual distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令;In an embodiment of the present application, the receiving, by the server, the second control instruction is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
所述解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动具体为:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,应用于用户设备中,该装置包括:A device for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is applied to a user equipment, the device comprising:
第一生成模块,设置为生成第一控制指令;a first generation module, configured to generate a first control instruction;
第一控制模块,设置为依据所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;The first control module is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
第一接收模块,设置为接收触发指令;a first receiving module, configured to receive a triggering instruction;
第二获取模块,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;a second acquiring module, configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point of the user equipment;
计算模块,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;a calculation module, configured to calculate an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus a difference value of the x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point, or calculate a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus the initial coordinate point The difference of the y-coordinate values;
第一存储模块,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系; a first storage module, configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
查找模块,设置为在所述第一存储模块中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;a searching module, configured to search, in the first storage module, a moving direction corresponding to the difference;
判断模块,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;a judging module configured to determine whether a movement is required according to the found moving direction;
第二生成模块,设置为当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;a second generating module, configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction when it is determined that the movement is required;
发送模块,设置为将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。The sending module is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to the smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
在本申请一实施例中,还包括第二存储模块和转换模块,其中:In an embodiment of the present application, the second storage module and the conversion module are further included, where:
所述第二存储模块,设置为预先存储比例关系;其中,所述比例关系为,滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离比;The second storage module is configured to pre-store a proportional relationship; wherein the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface;
所述转换模块,设置为当确定需要移动后,依据所述比例关系将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;The conversion module is configured to, after determining that the movement needs to be performed, convert the difference value to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
所述第二生成模块具体设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令。The second generation module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,还包括第三存储模块,所述第三存储模块设置为预先存储预设距离;In an embodiment of the present application, the third storage module is further configured to store a preset distance in advance;
所述第二生成模块具体设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令。The second generating module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,其特征在于,还包括第四存储模块、调用模块和替换显示模块,其中:In an embodiment of the present application, the method further includes: a fourth storage module, a calling module, and a replacement display module, where:
所述第四存储模块设置为存储图片;The fourth storage module is configured to store a picture;
所述调用模块设置为在所述第二生成模块生成所述第二控制指令后,调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片;The calling module is configured to invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction after the second generating module generates the second control instruction;
所述替换显示模块设置为将所述调用的图片替换当前显示图片进行显示。The replacement display module is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
一种智能电视界面滚动装置,应用于智能电视中,该装置包括:A smart television interface scrolling device is applied to a smart television, the device comprising:
第三生成模块,设置为生成第三控制指令;a third generation module, configured to generate a third control instruction;
第二控制模块,设置为依据所述第三控制指令控制所述智能电视登录到预设服务器; The second control module is configured to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server according to the third control instruction;
第三接收模块,设置为接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令;其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到所述预设服务器,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并发送给所述服务器;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;a third receiving module, configured to receive a second control command sent by the server, where the second control command is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and receive After the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a Determining a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, searching a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether a movement is required according to the found moving direction, and determining that the movement is required And generating, by the control device, the control instruction that the smart TV interface is scrolled according to the moving direction, and sending the control instruction to the server; wherein the user equipment pre-stores a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
解析控制模块,设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。The analysis control module is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述第二接收模块接收的由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;In an embodiment of the present application, the second control command sent by the server received by the second receiving module is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction, The actual distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a distance that the distance between the user equipment and the smart television interface actually scrolls. Ratio
所述解析控制模块具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
在本申请一实施例中,所述第二接收模块接收的由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的控制指令;In an embodiment of the present application, the second control command sent by the server received by the second receiving module is: controlling a control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
所述解析控制模块具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
经由上述的技术方案可知,本申请提供的一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法和装置,设置为本申请通过用户设备实现了对智能电视界面滚动的控制,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。According to the above technical solution, the method and device for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface provided by the present application are set to control the scrolling of the smart TV interface by the user equipment, and the smart TV is controlled by the user equipment. The need for interface scrolling.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实 施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据提供的附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the prior art, the following will be true. The drawings used in the examples or the description of the prior art are briefly introduced. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are merely examples of the present application, and no one skilled in the art will be engaged in creative labor. Further drawings may also be obtained from the drawings provided.
图1为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的一个实施例的流程示意图;1 is a schematic flow chart of an embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图2为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图3为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图4为本申请在实际应用中的一个实施例的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application;
图5为本申请另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的一个实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application; FIG.
图6为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图7为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;7 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图8为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;8 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图9为本申请在实际应用中的另一个实施例的示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the present application in practical application;
图10为本申请另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application; FIG.
图11为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;11 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图12为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;12 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图13为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;13 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图14为本申请在实际应用中的另一个实施例的示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the present application in practical application;
图15为本申请另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图; 15 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图16为本申请另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;16 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图17为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;17 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图18为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application; FIG.
图19为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;19 is a schematic flow chart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图20为本申请在实际应用中的另一个实施例的示意图;图21为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图;20 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an application in a practical application; FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图22为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的另一个实施例的结构示意图;22 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图23为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的又一个实施例的结构示意图;23 is a schematic structural diagram of still another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图24为本申请另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图;24 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图25为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的另一个实施例的结构示意图;25 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图26为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的另一个实施例的结构示意图;26 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图27为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的另一个实施例的结构示意图;27 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application;
图28为本申请另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的另一个实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。 The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present application without departing from the inventive scope are the scope of the present application.
为使本申请的上述目的、特征和优点能够更加明显易懂,下面结合附图和具体实施方式对本申请作进一步详细的说明。The above described objects, features and advantages of the present application will become more apparent and understood.
图1为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的一个实施例的流程示意图,该方法可以应用于用户设备中,其中,该用户设备可以为手机、平板电脑等任何具备触摸功能的设备。FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method may be applied to a user equipment, where the user equipment may be any touch-enabled device such as a mobile phone or a tablet computer.
如图1所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 1, the method includes:
步骤101:获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;Step 101: Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, and the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV connection Enter the same local area network;
用户设备和智能电视位于同一局域网内,该用户设备通过搜索网络,可以获取智能电视的IP地址,用户设备需要与智能电视接入到同一局域网,即,通过生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,来控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;The user equipment and the smart TV are located in the same local area network. The user equipment can obtain the IP address of the smart television by searching the network, and the user equipment needs to access the same local area network with the smart television, that is, by generating and transmitting the smart television. a first control instruction of the IP address to the smart TV to control the user equipment and the smart television to access to the same local area network;
可选的,第一控制指令可以控制用户设备和智能电视建立WIFI连接。Optionally, the first control instruction may control the user equipment and the smart TV to establish a WIFI connection.
其中,当该局域网内具有多个智能电视时,用户设备可以获取某一个智能电视的IP地址,并通过第一控制指令与该特定的智能电视接入到同一局域网。Wherein, when there are multiple smart TVs in the local area network, the user equipment can obtain the IP address of a certain smart TV, and access the same local area network with the specific smart television through the first control instruction.
步骤102:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 102: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
其中,所述触发指令为用户设备控制智能电视界面滚动的初始条件,可以通过多种方式接收该触发指令;The triggering instruction is an initial condition for the user equipment to control the scrolling of the smart television interface, and the triggering instruction can be received in multiple manners;
例如,在用户设备上设置特定的图标,当手指触压该特定图标时,用户设备则接收触发指令;或者,在用户设备设置特定的触发方式,如摇动用户设备时,用户设备则接收触发指令。For example, a specific icon is set on the user equipment, and when the finger touches the specific icon, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction; or, when the user equipment sets a specific trigger mode, such as shaking the user equipment, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction. .
其中,用户设备上设置有坐标轴,以使得用户设备能够获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;而坐标轴的坐标原点可以根据需求设置在该用户设备的屏幕的任何位置; Wherein, the user equipment is provided with an coordinate axis, so that the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; and the coordinate origin of the coordinate axis can be set at any position on the screen of the user equipment according to requirements. ;
在本申请具体实现中,还可以为该用户设备划分有效区域,并指示用户在滑动用户设备是,沿x轴方向进行滑动;所述有效区域是指,为用户设备划分一个特定区域,当手指在该特定区域内滑动时,则用户设备可以获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点,当手指不在该特定区域内滑动时,则用户设备不会获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;当然,可以将用户设备的整个屏幕区域均作为有效区域。In the specific implementation of the present application, the user equipment may be divided into effective areas, and the user is instructed to slide the user equipment in the x-axis direction; the effective area refers to dividing a specific area for the user equipment, when the finger When sliding in the specific area, the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and when the finger does not slide in the specific area, the user equipment does not acquire the sliding of the user equipment. The starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point; of course, the entire screen area of the user device can be used as the effective area.
步骤103:计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;Step 103: Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
用户设备获取到滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点后,可以利用当前坐标点的x坐标值减去起始坐标点的x坐标值,计算出差值;也可以利用起始坐标点的x坐标值减去当前坐标点的x坐标值,计算出差值。具体的计算方式可以预先在用户设备中设定好。After the user equipment obtains the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point may be subtracted from the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point to calculate the difference; The x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is subtracted from the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point, and the difference is calculated. The specific calculation method can be set in advance in the user equipment.
步骤104:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 104: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
其中,不同差值与移动方向的对应关系可以表格的形式存储在用户设备中;具体的,对应关系可以有多种,例如:The corresponding relationship between the difference and the moving direction may be stored in the user equipment in the form of a table; specifically, the correspondence may be multiple, for example:
当所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向上;When the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
或者,所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向下;Or the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
具体的,移动方向向上表示需要控制电视界面向上滚动;移动方向向下 为表示需要控制电视界面向下滚动;移动方向为无表示不需要控制电视界面滚动。Specifically, the moving direction indicates that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll up; the moving direction is downward. To indicate that the TV interface needs to be controlled to scroll down; the movement direction is no indication that there is no need to control the TV interface scrolling.
其中,可以依据用户设备中设定的计算方式在用户设备中预先存储相应的对应关系,参见表1,示出了一种计算方式下的差值与移动方向的对应关系。The corresponding correspondence relationship may be pre-stored in the user equipment according to the calculation manner set in the user equipment. Referring to Table 1, the correspondence between the difference value and the moving direction in the calculation mode is shown.
表1Table 1
当前坐标值的x坐标值减去起始坐标点的x坐标值The x coordinate value of the current coordinate value minus the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point 大于零Greater than zero 向上移动方向Move upwards
当前坐标值的x坐标值减去起始坐标点的x坐标值The x coordinate value of the current coordinate value minus the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point 小于零Less than zero 向下移动方向Move down
当前坐标值的x坐标值减去起始坐标点的x坐标值The x coordinate value of the current coordinate value minus the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point 等于零Equal to zero 无移动方向No moving direction
步骤105:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Step 105: Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether movement is required, and when determining that the movement is required, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
步骤106:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。Step 106: Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
具体的,当查找到的移动方向向上或者向下时,则确定需要移动,相应的,当移动方向向上时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向上滚动的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动;当移动方向向下时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向下滚动的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向下滚动;Specifically, when the found moving direction is up or down, it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved. Correspondingly, when the moving direction is upward, a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll upward is generated, and the second control command is generated. The control command is sent to the smart TV to enable the smart TV to scroll up according to the second control instruction; when the moving direction is downward, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down, and Sending, by the second control instruction, to the smart television, so that the smart television can scroll down according to the second control instruction;
而当查找到的移动方向为无时,则确定不需要移动,在该种情况下,用户设备并不生成第二控制指令。When the found moving direction is no, it is determined that no movement is required, in which case the user equipment does not generate the second control instruction.
需要说明的是,用户设备执行该一系列动作的时间非常短暂,当持续滑过用户设备时,用户设备可以持续执行上述动作,以控制智能电视达到持续滚动的效果。It should be noted that the time for the user equipment to perform the series of actions is very short. When continuously sliding over the user equipment, the user equipment may continue to perform the above actions to control the effect of the smart TV reaching continuous scrolling.
本实施例中,通过用户设备实现对电视界面滚动的控制,无需依靠按键式遥控器、鼠标等硬件设备,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。In this embodiment, the control of the scrolling of the television interface is implemented by the user equipment, and the hardware device such as the button remote controller and the mouse is not required to meet the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,参见图 2,该方法可以包括:Another embodiment of the present application also discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface, see FIG. 2. The method can include:
步骤201:获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;Step 201: Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control command carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, and the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV to connect Enter the same local area network;
步骤202:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 202: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
步骤203:计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;Step 203: Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
步骤204:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 204: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤205:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;Step 205: Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the difference is converted into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the pre-stored proportional relationship;
其中,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,该比例关系可以根据实际需求进行设定。举例说明,若设滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比为1∶10,那么,当滑过用户设备的距离为1单位时,对应的智能电视界面实际滚动的距离则为10单位;The ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to a distance that the smart television interface actually scrolls, and the proportional relationship may be set according to actual needs. For example, if the ratio of the distance that slides over the user equipment to the actual scrolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, then when the distance over the user equipment is 1 unit, the actual distance of the corresponding smart TV interface is scrolled. 10 units;
当查找到的移动方向向上或者向下时,则确定需要移动,可以将计算出当前坐标点的x坐标值与起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值转换为智能电视界面滚动的实际距离。以对应关系为1∶10为例,假设所述差值为0.5,那么,转换后的智能电视界面滚动的实际距离则为5;当然,若假设所述差值为-0.5,相应的,转换后的智能电视界面滚动的实际距离也为5。When the found moving direction is up or down, it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, and the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point can be converted into the actual distance of the smart television interface scrolling. Taking the correspondence as 1:10 as an example, assuming that the difference is 0.5, then the actual distance of the converted smart TV interface scroll is 5; of course, if the difference is assumed to be -0.5, correspondingly, the conversion The actual distance of the smart TV interface after scrolling is also 5.
其中,所述比例关系预先存储在所述用户设备中。The proportional relationship is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤206:生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令;Step 206: Generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
步骤207:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。Step 207: Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
具体的,当移动方向向上时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向上滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动转换后的实际距离; Specifically, when the moving direction is upward, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll up the actual distance, and sends the second control instruction to the smart television, so that the smart television can The second control instruction scrolls up the converted actual distance;
当移动方向向下时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向下滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向下滚动所述实际距离。When the moving direction is downward, generating a second control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll down the actual distance, and transmitting the second control instruction to the smart television, so that the smart television can be configured according to the first The second control command scrolls down the actual distance.
举例说明,用户设备计算当前坐标点的x坐标值与起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为0.5单位,依据该差值查找到与该差值对应的移动方向向下,而存储在用户设备中的,滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比为1∶10,则依据该比例关系,求出控制智能电视界面滚动的实际距离为5单位,相应的,用户设备生成控制智能电视界面向上滚动5单位的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视,使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动5单位的距离。For example, the user equipment calculates that the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is 0.5 unit, and according to the difference, the moving direction corresponding to the difference is found to be downward, and is stored in the user. In the device, the ratio of the distance between the user equipment and the actual rolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, according to the proportional relationship, the actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface is 5 units, correspondingly, the user equipment Generating a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll up 5 units, and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll up 5 units according to the second control instruction.
本实施例中,用户设备中预先存储有滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比例关系,使得用户设备可以依据该比例关系将计算出的当前坐标点的x坐标值与起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值转换为智能电视界面滚动的实际距离,进而能够通过相应的控制指令控制智能电视界面滚动实际距离,满足了人们通过用户设备对智能电视界面滚动的控制的需求,且该比例关系可以根据实际需求进行设定,提高了对智能电视界面滚动控制的便捷性。In this embodiment, the user equipment pre-stores a proportional relationship between the distance swept by the user equipment and the actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface, so that the user equipment can calculate the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point according to the proportional relationship. The difference of the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is converted into the actual distance of the smart TV interface scrolling, and the actual distance of the smart TV interface can be controlled by the corresponding control command, which satisfies the requirement of the user to control the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment. And the proportional relationship can be set according to actual needs, which improves the convenience of scrolling control of the smart TV interface.
作为另外一种实现形式,与图2对应的实施例的区别在于,在用户设备中预先存储有预设距离,当用户设备确定需要移动后,则生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视。As another implementation form, the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 is different in that a preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment, and after the user equipment determines that the mobile device needs to be moved, the smart TV interface is generated and controlled according to the moving direction. Rolling the second control command of the preset distance and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV.
其中,该预设距离为控制智能电视界面滚动的固定距离,可以根据实际情况进行设定,也就是说,当用户设备将生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令发送给智能电视后,智能电视界面会依据该移动方向滚动固定的距离。The preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and can be set according to actual conditions, that is, when the user equipment controls the generated smart TV interface to scroll the preset according to the moving direction. After the second control command of the distance is sent to the smart TV, the smart TV interface scrolls a fixed distance according to the moving direction.
本申请又一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,参见图3,该方法可以包括:A further embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface. Referring to FIG. 3, the method may include:
步骤301:获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设 备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;Step 301: Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, and the first control instruction controls the user setting And the smart TV is connected to the same local area network;
步骤302:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 302: After receiving the trigger instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment.
步骤303:计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;Step 303: Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
步骤304:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;Step 304: Find a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
步骤305:根据查找的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令;Step 305: Determine, according to the direction of movement of the search, whether movement is required, and when it is determined that movement is required, generate a control instruction for controlling the smart TV to scroll according to the moving direction;
步骤306:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视;Step 306: Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
步骤307:调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片,将所述图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示;Step 307: Call a picture corresponding to the moving direction, and replace the picture with the currently displayed picture for display;
具体的,在用户设备中预先存储有多张图片,当确定移动方向后,可根据移动方向调用与其相对应的图片,例如,当确定移动方向向上时,调用当前显示图片的下一张图片,则可显示出向上滚动的效果,当确定移动方向向下时,调用当前显示图片的上一张图片,则可显示出向上滚动的效果。Specifically, a plurality of pictures are pre-stored in the user equipment, and after determining the moving direction, the corresponding picture may be called according to the moving direction, for example, when determining that the moving direction is upward, calling the next picture of the currently displayed picture, The effect of scrolling up can be displayed. When the moving direction is determined to be downward, the previous picture of the currently displayed picture is called, and the effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
其中,用户设备将生成的第二控制指令发送给智能电视以及显示与移动方向相对应的图片的这两个执行动作并没有先后顺序的限定;即步骤306和步骤307没有先后顺序的限定;可以同时执行;也可以先向智能电视发送第二控制指令,再显示与移动方向相应的图片;当然,也可以先显示与移动方向相应的图片,再向智能电视发送第二控制指令;The two execution actions of the user equipment to send the generated second control command to the smart TV and display the picture corresponding to the moving direction are not limited in sequence; that is, steps 306 and 307 are not sequentially defined; Simultaneous execution; the second control command may be sent to the smart TV first, and then the picture corresponding to the moving direction is displayed; of course, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be displayed first, and then the second control command is sent to the smart TV;
为了增加用户操作的真实感,作为一种具体的实现方式,可以将上述两个动作同时进行,即在控制智能电视界面滚动的同时,显示相应的图片,达到动态滚动效果。In order to increase the realism of the user operation, as a specific implementation manner, the above two actions can be performed simultaneously, that is, while controlling the smart TV interface to scroll, the corresponding picture is displayed to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect.
本实施例中,在用户设备中存储有多张图片,当确定需要移动后,可调用与移动方向相对应的图片,并将该图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示,达到了动态滚动的效果,能够使得用户体验到真实的手感。In this embodiment, a plurality of pictures are stored in the user equipment. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be called, and the picture is replaced by the currently displayed picture to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect. It enables users to experience a real feel.
为了便于理解,以手机为例进行说明,参见图4,示出了本申请在实际应用中的一个实施例的示意图;For ease of understanding, a mobile phone is taken as an example for description. Referring to FIG. 4, a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application is shown;
如图4所示,手机与智能电视接入到同一局域网后,手机进入控制界面, 当点击位于手机屏幕下方的“鼠标”图案时,手机则进入到控制电视界面滚动的状态,若手指向上滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机则会控制智能电视界面向下滚动,同时,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮会显示出向上滚动的动态效果;若手指向下滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机会控制智能电视界面向上滚动,同时,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮会显示出向下滚动的动态效果。当然,若手指持续滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮则会持续滚动,同时,手机也会控制智能电视界面持续滚动。As shown in Figure 4, after the mobile phone and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, the mobile phone enters the control interface. When clicking the "mouse" pattern located at the bottom of the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone enters the state of controlling the scrolling of the television interface. If the finger slides up the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone controls the smart television interface to scroll down, and at the same time, the screen of the mobile phone The mouse wheel on the screen will display the dynamic effect of scrolling up; if the finger slides down the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone will control the smart TV interface to scroll up, and the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will display the dynamic effect of scrolling down. Of course, if the finger continues to slide the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will continue to scroll, and the mobile phone will also control the smart TV interface to continuously scroll.
图5是本申请提供的另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的一个实施例的流程示意图,该方法可以适用于智能电视中。如图5所示,该方法包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface provided by the present application, which may be applied to a smart TV. As shown in FIG. 5, the method includes:
步骤501:接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令;Step 501: Receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment.
其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令;The second control command is to acquire an IP address of the smart TV by the user equipment, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction is The user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slides over the user equipment; calculating an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the Determining the difference of x of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating the control of the smart television interface according to the a control instruction for scrolling in the direction of movement;
其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
步骤502:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。Step 502: Parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
具体的,智能电视通过解析用户设备发送的第二控制指令,可以获取到相应的移动方向,当移动方向向上时,则控制智能电视界面向上滚动,当移动方向向下时,则控制智能电视界面向下滚动。Specifically, the smart TV can obtain the corresponding moving direction by parsing the second control command sent by the user equipment, and when the moving direction is upward, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll upward, and when the moving direction is downward, the smart TV interface is controlled. Scroll down.
作为一种实现方式,当智能电视接收的用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令时,则,智能电视解析该第二控制指令,得到相应的移动方向和实际距离,并按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动实际距离;As an implementation manner, when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the smart television is: controlling the smart television interface to scroll the control instruction of the actual distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television parses the second Controlling the command, obtaining a corresponding moving direction and an actual distance, and controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据比例关系,将所述差值转换而 成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,且预先存储在所述用户设备中。The actual distance is that the user equipment converts the difference according to a proportional relationship. The ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, and is pre-stored in the user equipment.
作为另一种实现方式,当智能电视接收的用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的控制指令时,则,智能电视解析该第二控制指令,得到相应的移动方向和预设距离,并按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动预设距离;In another implementation manner, when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the smart television is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the control instruction of the preset distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television parses the The second control instruction obtains a corresponding moving direction and a preset distance, and controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
其中,所述预设距离预先存储在所述用户设备中。The preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
在实际应用中,智能电视能够上下滚动的界面有很多,比如,智能电视的浏览器界面等,当需要控制智能电视的某个界面滚动时,只需使得该界面处于打开状态即可。In practical applications, there are many interfaces for smart TVs to scroll up and down, for example, a browser interface of a smart TV. When it is necessary to control an interface of a smart TV to scroll, it is only necessary to make the interface open.
在本实施例中,智能电视通过接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令,解析该第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动,实现由用户设备控制智能电视界面滚动的目的。In this embodiment, the smart TV analyzes the second control command by receiving the second control command sent by the user equipment, and controls the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction, so as to achieve the purpose of controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface by the user equipment.
图6为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图,该方法包括:FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface according to the present application, the method includes:
步骤601:获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;Step 601: Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Enter the same local area network;
用户设备和智能电视位于同一局域网内,该用户设备通过搜索网络,可以获取智能电视的IP地址,用户设备需要与智能电视接入到同一局域网,即,通过生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,来控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;The user equipment and the smart TV are located in the same local area network. The user equipment can obtain the IP address of the smart television by searching the network, and the user equipment needs to access the same local area network with the smart television, that is, by generating and transmitting the smart television. a first control instruction of the IP address to the smart TV to control the user equipment and the smart television to access to the same local area network;
可选的,第一控制指令可以控制用户设备和智能电视建立WIFI连接。Optionally, the first control instruction may control the user equipment and the smart TV to establish a WIFI connection.
其中,当该局域网内具有多个智能电视时,用户设备可以获取某一个智能电视的IP地址,并通过第一控制指令与该特定的智能电视接入到同一局域网。Wherein, when there are multiple smart TVs in the local area network, the user equipment can obtain the IP address of a certain smart TV, and access the same local area network with the specific smart television through the first control instruction.
步骤602:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点; Step 602: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
其中,所述触发指令为用户设备控制智能电视界面滚动的初始条件,可以通过多种方式接收该触发指令;The triggering instruction is an initial condition for the user equipment to control the scrolling of the smart television interface, and the triggering instruction can be received in multiple manners;
例如,在用户设备上设置特定的图标,当手指触压该特定图标时,用户设备则接收触发指令;或者,在用户设备设置特定的触发方式,如摇动用户设备时,用户设备则接收触发指令。For example, a specific icon is set on the user equipment, and when the finger touches the specific icon, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction; or, when the user equipment sets a specific trigger mode, such as shaking the user equipment, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction. .
其中,用户设备上设置有坐标轴,以使得用户设备能够获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;而坐标轴的坐标原点可以根据需求设置在该用户设备的屏幕的任何位置;Wherein, the user equipment is provided with an coordinate axis, so that the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; and the coordinate origin of the coordinate axis can be set at any position on the screen of the user equipment according to requirements. ;
在本申请一具体实现中,还可以为该用户设备划分有效区域,并指示用户在滑动用户设备是,沿y轴方向进行滑动;所述有效区域是指,为用户设备划分一个特定区域,当手指在该特定区域内滑动时,则用户设备可以获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点,当手指不在该特定区域内滑动时,则用户设备不会获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;当然,可以将用户设备的整个屏幕区域均作为有效区域。In a specific implementation of the present application, the user equipment may be divided into effective areas, and the user is instructed to slide the user equipment in the y-axis direction; the effective area refers to dividing a specific area for the user equipment. When the finger slides in the specific area, the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and when the finger does not slide in the specific area, the user equipment does not obtain the sliding over the user equipment. The starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point; of course, the entire screen area of the user device can be used as the effective area.
步骤603:计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Step 603: Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
用户设备获取到滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点后,可以利用当前坐标点的y坐标值减去起始坐标点的y坐标值,计算出差值;也可以利用起始坐标点的y坐标值减去当前坐标点的y坐标值,计算出差值。具体的计算方式可以预先在用户设备中设定好。After the user equipment obtains the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point may be subtracted from the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point to calculate the difference; The y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is subtracted from the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point, and the difference is calculated. The specific calculation method can be set in advance in the user equipment.
步骤604:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 604: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
其中,不同差值与移动方向的对应关系可以表格的形式存储在用户设备中;具体的,对应关系可以有多种,例如:The corresponding relationship between the difference and the moving direction may be stored in the user equipment in the form of a table; specifically, the correspondence may be multiple, for example:
当所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向上;When the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。 The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
或者,所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向下;Or the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
具体的,移动方向向上表示需要控制电视界面向上滚动;移动方向向下为表示需要控制电视界面向下滚动;移动方向为无表示不需要控制电视界面滚动。Specifically, the moving direction indicates that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll up; the moving direction is downward to indicate that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll down; and the moving direction is no indication that the television interface scrolling is not required.
其中,可以依据用户设备中设定的计算方式在用户设备中预先存储相应的对应关系,参见表2,示出了一种计算方式下的差值与移动方向的对应关系。The corresponding correspondence may be pre-stored in the user equipment according to the calculation mode set in the user equipment. Referring to Table 2, the correspondence between the difference value and the movement direction in a calculation mode is shown.
表2Table 2
当前坐标值的y坐标值减去起始坐标点的y坐标值The y coordinate value of the current coordinate value minus the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point 大于零Greater than zero 向上移动方向Move upwards
当前坐标值的y坐标值减去起始坐标点的y坐标值The y coordinate value of the current coordinate value minus the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point 小于零Less than zero 向下移动方向Move down
当前坐标值的y坐标值减去起始坐标点的y坐标值The y coordinate value of the current coordinate value minus the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point 等于零Equal to zero 无移动方向为No movement direction is
步骤605:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Step 605: Determine whether the mobile phone needs to move according to the found moving direction, and when it is determined that the mobile device needs to move, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
步骤606:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。Step 606: Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
具体的,当查找到的移动方向向上或者向下时,则确定需要移动,相应的,当移动方向向上时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向上滚动的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动;当移动方向向下时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向下滚动的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向下滚动;Specifically, when the found moving direction is up or down, it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved. Correspondingly, when the moving direction is upward, a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll upward is generated, and the second control command is generated. The control command is sent to the smart TV to enable the smart TV to scroll up according to the second control instruction; when the moving direction is downward, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down, and Sending, by the second control instruction, to the smart television, so that the smart television can scroll down according to the second control instruction;
而当查找到的移动方向为无时,则确定不需要移动,在该种情况下,用户设备并不生成第二控制指令。 When the found moving direction is no, it is determined that no movement is required, in which case the user equipment does not generate the second control instruction.
需要说明的是,用户设备执行该一系列动作的时间非常短暂,当持续滑过用户设备时,用户设备可以持续执行上述动作,以控制智能电视达到持续滚动的效果。It should be noted that the time for the user equipment to perform the series of actions is very short. When continuously sliding over the user equipment, the user equipment may continue to perform the above actions to control the effect of the smart TV reaching continuous scrolling.
本实施例中,通过用户设备实现对电视界面滚动的控制,无需依靠按键式遥控器、鼠标等硬件设备,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。In this embodiment, the control of the scrolling of the television interface is implemented by the user equipment, and the hardware device such as the button remote controller and the mouse is not required to meet the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,参见图7,该方法可以包括:Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface. Referring to FIG. 7, the method may include:
步骤701:获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;Step 701: Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Enter the same local area network;
步骤702:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 702: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
步骤703:计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Step 703: Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
步骤704:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 704: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤705:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;Step 705: Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the difference is converted into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the pre-stored proportional relationship;
其中,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,该比例关系可以根据实际需求进行设定。举例说明,若设滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比为1∶10,那么,当滑过用户设备的距离为1单位时,对应的智能电视界面实际滚动的距离则为10单位;The ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to a distance that the smart television interface actually scrolls, and the proportional relationship may be set according to actual needs. For example, if the ratio of the distance that slides over the user equipment to the actual scrolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, then when the distance over the user equipment is 1 unit, the actual distance of the corresponding smart TV interface is scrolled. 10 units;
当查找到的移动方向向上或者向下时,则确定需要移动,可以将计算出当前坐标点的y坐标值与起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值转换为智能电视界面滚动的实际距离。以对应关系为1∶10为例,假设所述差值为0.5,那么,转 换后的智能电视界面滚动的实际距离则为5;当然,若假设所述差值为-0.5,相应的,转换后的智能电视界面滚动的实际距离也为5。When the found moving direction is up or down, it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, and the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point can be converted into the actual distance of the smart television interface scrolling. Taking the correspondence as 1:10 as an example, assuming that the difference is 0.5, then The actual distance of the switched smart TV interface scroll is 5; of course, if the difference is assumed to be -0.5, the actual distance of the converted smart TV interface scroll is also 5.
其中,所述比例关系预先存储在所述用户设备中。The proportional relationship is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤706:生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令;Step 706: Generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
步骤707:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。Step 707: Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
具体的,当移动方向向上时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向上滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动转换后的实际距离;Specifically, when the moving direction is upward, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll up the actual distance, and sends the second control instruction to the smart television, so that the smart television can The second control instruction scrolls up the converted actual distance;
当移动方向向下时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向下滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向下滚动所述实际距离。When the moving direction is downward, generating a second control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll down the actual distance, and transmitting the second control instruction to the smart television, so that the smart television can be configured according to the first The second control command scrolls down the actual distance.
举例说明,用户设备计算当前坐标点的y坐标值与起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为0.5单位,依据该差值查找到与该差值对应的移动方向向下,而存储在用户设备中的,滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比为1∶10,则依据该比例关系,求出控制智能电视界面滚动的实际距离为5单位,相应的,用户设备生成控制智能电视界面向上滚动5单位的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视,使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动5单位的距离。For example, the user equipment calculates that the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is 0.5 unit, and according to the difference, the moving direction corresponding to the difference is found to be downward, and is stored in the user. In the device, the ratio of the distance between the user equipment and the actual rolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, according to the proportional relationship, the actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface is 5 units, correspondingly, the user equipment Generating a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll up 5 units, and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll up 5 units according to the second control instruction.
本实施例中,用户设备中预先存储有滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比例关系,使得用户设备可以依据该比例关系将计算出的当前坐标点的y坐标值与起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值转换为智能电视界面滚动的实际距离,进而能够通过相应的控制指令控制智能电视界面滚动实际距离,满足了人们通过用户设备对智能电视界面滚动的控制的需求,且该比例关系可以根据实际需求进行设定,提高了对智能电视界面滚动控制的便捷性。In this embodiment, the user equipment pre-stores a proportional relationship between the distance swept by the user equipment and the actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface, so that the user equipment can calculate the calculated y coordinate value of the current coordinate point according to the proportional relationship. The difference of the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is converted into the actual distance of the smart TV interface scrolling, and the actual distance of the smart TV interface can be controlled by the corresponding control command, which satisfies the requirement of the user to control the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment. And the proportional relationship can be set according to actual needs, which improves the convenience of scrolling control of the smart TV interface.
作为另外一种实现形式,与图6对应的实施例的区别在于,在用户设备中预先存储有预设距离,当用户设备确定需要移动后,则生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给智能电视。 As another implementation form, the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6 is different in that a preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment, and after the user equipment determines that the mobile device needs to be moved, the smart TV interface is generated and controlled according to the moving direction. Rolling the second control command of the preset distance and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV.
其中,该预设距离为控制智能电视界面滚动的固定距离,可以根据实际情况进行设定,也就是说,当用户设备将生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令发送给智能电视后,智能电视界面会依据该移动方向滚动固定的距离。The preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and can be set according to actual conditions, that is, when the user equipment controls the generated smart TV interface to scroll the preset according to the moving direction. After the second control command of the distance is sent to the smart TV, the smart TV interface scrolls a fixed distance according to the moving direction.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,参见图8,该方法可以包括:Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface. Referring to FIG. 8, the method may include:
步骤801:获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;Step 801: Acquire an IP address of the smart TV, generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, and the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV to connect Enter the same local area network;
步骤802:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 802: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment;
步骤803:计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Step 803: Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
步骤804:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;Step 804: Find a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
步骤805:根据查找的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Step 805: Determine, according to the moving direction of the search, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved, and when it is determined that the mobile phone needs to move, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV to scroll according to the moving direction;
步骤806:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视;Step 806: Send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
步骤807:调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片,将所述图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示;Step 807: Call a picture corresponding to the moving direction, and replace the picture with the currently displayed picture for display;
具体的,在用户设备中预先存储有多张图片,当确定移动方向后,可根据移动方向调用与其相对应的图片,例如,当确定移动方向向上时,调用当前显示图片的下一张图片,则可显示出向上滚动的效果,当确定移动方向向下时,调用当前显示图片的上一张图片,则可显示出向上滚动的效果。Specifically, a plurality of pictures are pre-stored in the user equipment, and after determining the moving direction, the corresponding picture may be called according to the moving direction, for example, when determining that the moving direction is upward, calling the next picture of the currently displayed picture, The effect of scrolling up can be displayed. When the moving direction is determined to be downward, the previous picture of the currently displayed picture is called, and the effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
其中,用户设备将生成的第二控制指令发送给智能电视以及显示与移动方向相对应的图片的这两个执行动作并没有先后顺序的限定;即步骤806和步骤807没有先后顺序的限定;可以同时执行;也可以先向智能电视发送第二控制指令,再显示与移动方向相应的图片;当然,也可以先显示与移动方向相应的图片,再向智能电视发送第二控制指令; The two execution actions of the user equipment to send the generated second control command to the smart TV and display the picture corresponding to the moving direction are not limited in sequence; that is, steps 806 and 807 are not sequentially defined; Simultaneous execution; the second control command may be sent to the smart TV first, and then the picture corresponding to the moving direction is displayed; of course, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be displayed first, and then the second control command is sent to the smart TV;
为了增加用户操作的真实感,作为一种具体的实现方式,可以将上述两个动作同时进行,即在控制智能电视界面滚动的同时,显示相应的图片,达到动态滚动效果。In order to increase the realism of the user operation, as a specific implementation manner, the above two actions can be performed simultaneously, that is, while controlling the smart TV interface to scroll, the corresponding picture is displayed to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect.
本实施例中,在用户设备中存储有多张图片,当确定需要移动后,可调用与移动方向相对应的图片,并将该图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示,达到了动态滚动的效果,能够使得用户体验到真实的手感。In this embodiment, a plurality of pictures are stored in the user equipment. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be called, and the picture is replaced by the currently displayed picture to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect. It enables users to experience a real feel.
为了便于理解,以手机为例进行说明,参见图9,示出了本申请在实际应用中的一个实施例的示意图;For ease of understanding, a mobile phone is taken as an example for description. Referring to FIG. 9, a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application is shown;
如图9所示,手机与智能电视接入到同一局域网后,手机进入控制界面,当点击位于手机屏幕下方的“鼠标”图案时,手机则进入到控制电视界面滚动的状态,若手指向上滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机则会控制智能电视界面向下滚动,同时,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮会显示出向上滚动的动态效果;若手指向下滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机会控制智能电视界面向上滚动,同时,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮会显示出向下滚动的动态效果。当然,若手指持续滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮则会持续滚动,同时,手机也会控制智能电视界面持续滚动。As shown in Figure 9, after the mobile phone and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, the mobile phone enters the control interface. When the "mouse" pattern located at the bottom of the mobile phone screen is clicked, the mobile phone enters the state of controlling the television interface to scroll, and if the finger slides up, The scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone controls the smart TV interface to scroll down. At the same time, the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone displays the dynamic effect of scrolling upwards; if the finger slides down the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone controls the smart The TV interface scrolls up and the mouse wheel on the phone screen shows the dynamic effect of scrolling down. Of course, if the finger continues to slide the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will continue to scroll, and the mobile phone will also control the smart TV interface to continuously scroll.
图10是本申请提供的另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的一个实施例的流程示意图,该方法可以适设置为智能电视中。如图10所示,该方法包括:FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface provided by the present application, which may be suitably configured in a smart TV. As shown in FIG. 10, the method includes:
步骤1001:接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令;Step 1001: Receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment.
其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令;The second control command is to acquire an IP address of the smart TV by the user equipment, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction is The user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; calculating a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the Determining the difference of y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating the control of the smart television interface according to the a control instruction for scrolling in the direction of movement;
其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系; The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
步骤1002:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。Step 1002: Parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
具体的,智能电视通过解析用户设备发送的第二控制指令,可以获取到相应的移动方向,当移动方向向上时,则控制智能电视界面向上滚动,当移动方向向下时,则控制智能电视界面向下滚动。Specifically, the smart TV can obtain the corresponding moving direction by parsing the second control command sent by the user equipment, and when the moving direction is upward, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll upward, and when the moving direction is downward, the smart TV interface is controlled. Scroll down.
作为一种实现方式,当智能电视接收的用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令时,则,智能电视解析该第二控制指令,得到相应的移动方向和实际距离,并按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动实际距离;As an implementation manner, when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the smart television is: controlling the smart television interface to scroll the control instruction of the actual distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television parses the second Controlling the command, obtaining a corresponding moving direction and an actual distance, and controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,且预先存储在所述用户设备中。The actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
作为另一种实现方式,当智能电视接收的用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的控制指令时,则,智能电视解析该第二控制指令,得到相应的移动方向和预设距离,并按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动预设距离;In another implementation manner, when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the smart television is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the control instruction of the preset distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television parses the The second control instruction obtains a corresponding moving direction and a preset distance, and controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
其中,所述预设距离预先存储在所述用户设备中。The preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
在实际应用中,智能电视能够上下滚动的界面有很多,比如,智能电视的浏览器界面等,当需要控制智能电视的某个界面滚动时,只需使得该界面处于打开状态即可。In practical applications, there are many interfaces for smart TVs to scroll up and down, for example, a browser interface of a smart TV. When it is necessary to control an interface of a smart TV to scroll, it is only necessary to make the interface open.
在本实施例中,智能电视通过接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令,解析该第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动,实现由用户设备控制智能电视界面滚动的目的。In this embodiment, the smart TV analyzes the second control command by receiving the second control command sent by the user equipment, and controls the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction, so as to achieve the purpose of controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface by the user equipment.
图11为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图,该方法包括:FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, the method includes:
步骤1101:生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;Step 1101: Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
用户设备和智能电视位于不同的局域网内时,需要将用户设备和智能电视登录到同一服务器。 When the user equipment and the smart TV are located in different LANs, the user equipment and the smart TV need to be logged in to the same server.
具体的,用户可以采用在用户设备上输入账号和密码的方式进行登录;当然,也可以不设置密码,只在用户设备上输入服务器的账号即可进行登录;当用户触发登录按钮时,用户设备生成第一控制指令控制用户设备登录到与账号对应的预设服务器。Specifically, the user can log in by inputting an account and a password on the user device; of course, the password can be set without entering a password on the user device; when the user triggers the login button, the user device The first control instruction is generated to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server corresponding to the account.
步骤1102:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 1102: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
其中,所述触发指令为用户设备控制智能电视界面滚动的初始条件,可以通过多种方式接收该触发指令;The triggering instruction is an initial condition for the user equipment to control the scrolling of the smart television interface, and the triggering instruction can be received in multiple manners;
例如,在用户设备上设置特定的图标,当手指触压该特定图标时,用户设备则接收触发指令;或者,在用户设备设置特定的触发方式,如摇动用户设备时,用户设备则接收触发指令。For example, a specific icon is set on the user equipment, and when the finger touches the specific icon, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction; or, when the user equipment sets a specific trigger mode, such as shaking the user equipment, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction. .
其中,用户设备上设置有坐标轴,以使得用户设备能够获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;而坐标轴的坐标原点可以根据需求设置在该用户设备的屏幕的任何位置;Wherein, the user equipment is provided with an coordinate axis, so that the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; and the coordinate origin of the coordinate axis can be set at any position on the screen of the user equipment according to requirements. ;
在本申请一实施例中,还可以为该用户设备划分有效区域,并指示用户在滑动用户设备是,沿x轴方向进行滑动;所述有效区域是指,为用户设备划分一个特定区域,当手指在该特定区域内滑动时,则用户设备可以获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点,当手指不在该特定区域内滑动时,则用户设备不会获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;当然,可以将用户设备的整个屏幕区域均作为有效区域。In an embodiment of the present application, the user equipment may be divided into an effective area, and the user is instructed to slide the user equipment in the x-axis direction; the effective area is to divide the specific area of the user equipment. When the finger slides in the specific area, the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and when the finger does not slide in the specific area, the user equipment does not obtain the sliding over the user equipment. The starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point; of course, the entire screen area of the user device can be used as the effective area.
步骤1103:计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;Step 1103: Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
用户设备获取到滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点后,可以利用当前坐标点的x坐标值减去起始坐标点的x坐标值,计算出差值;也可以利用起始坐标点的x坐标值减去当前坐标点的x坐标值,计算出差值。具体的计算方式可以预先在用户设备中设定好。After the user equipment obtains the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point may be subtracted from the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point to calculate the difference; The x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is subtracted from the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point, and the difference is calculated. The specific calculation method can be set in advance in the user equipment.
步骤1104:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 1104: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
其中,不同差值与移动方向的对应关系可以表格的形式存储在用户设备 中;具体的,对应关系可以有多种,例如:The correspondence between different differences and the moving direction may be stored in the user equipment in the form of a table. Specifically; the corresponding relationship can be various, for example:
当所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向上;When the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
或者,所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向下;Or the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
具体的,移动方向向上表示需要控制电视界面向上滚动;移动方向向下为表示需要控制电视界面向下滚动;移动方向为无表示不需要控制电视界面滚动。Specifically, the moving direction indicates that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll up; the moving direction is downward to indicate that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll down; and the moving direction is no indication that the television interface scrolling is not required.
其中,可以依据用户设备中设定的计算方式在用户设备中预先存储相应的对应关系,参见表1,示出了一种计算方式下的差值与移动方向的对应关系。The corresponding correspondence relationship may be pre-stored in the user equipment according to the calculation manner set in the user equipment. Referring to Table 1, the correspondence between the difference value and the moving direction in the calculation mode is shown.
步骤1105:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Step 1105: Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved, and when it is determined that the mobile phone needs to move, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
步骤1106:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。Step 1106: Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
其中,只有智能电视与用户设备登录到同一服务器,智能电视才能够接收由服务器发送的第二控制指令。Among them, only the smart TV and the user equipment log in to the same server, the smart TV can receive the second control command sent by the server.
若与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视有多台,则可以通过用户设备选择一台特定的智能电视,由用户设备将第二控制指令发送给服务器,再由服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给该特定的智能电视;当然,也可以由服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的多台 智能电视。If there are multiple smart TVs that are logged in to the same server as the user equipment, a specific smart TV may be selected by the user equipment, and the second control command is sent by the user equipment to the server, and then the second The control command is sent to the specific smart TV; of course, the second control command may also be sent by the server to multiple devices that log in to the same server with the user equipment. Smart TV.
具体的,当查找到的移动方向向上或者向下时,则确定需要移动,相应的,当移动方向向上时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向上滚动的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令通发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动;当移动方向向下时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向下滚动的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给服务器,由服务器发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向下滚动;Specifically, when the found moving direction is up or down, it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved. Correspondingly, when the moving direction is upward, a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll upward is generated, and the second control command is generated. The control command is sent to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll upward according to the second control instruction; when the moving direction is downward, And generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down, and sends the second control instruction to the server, and the server sends the smart control to the smart television, so that the smart television can be down according to the second control instruction. scroll;
而当查找到的移动方向为无时,则确定不需要移动,在该种情况下,用户设备并不生成第二控制指令。When the found moving direction is no, it is determined that no movement is required, in which case the user equipment does not generate the second control instruction.
需要说明的是,用户设备执行该一系列动作的时间非常短暂,当持续滑过用户设备时,用户设备可以持续执行上述动作,以控制智能电视达到持续滚动的效果。It should be noted that the time for the user equipment to perform the series of actions is very short. When continuously sliding over the user equipment, the user equipment may continue to perform the above actions to control the effect of the smart TV reaching continuous scrolling.
本实施例中,通过用户设备实现对电视界面滚动的控制,无需依靠按键式遥控器、鼠标等硬件设备,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。In this embodiment, the control of the scrolling of the television interface is implemented by the user equipment, and the hardware device such as the button remote controller and the mouse is not required to meet the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,参见图12,该方法可以包括:Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface. Referring to FIG. 12, the method may include:
步骤1201:生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;Step 1201: Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
步骤1202:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 1202: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
步骤1203:计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;Step 1203: Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
步骤1204:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 1204: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤1205:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离; Step 1205: Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the difference is converted into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the pre-stored proportional relationship;
其中,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,该比例关系可以根据实际需求进行设定。举例说明,若设滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比为1∶10,那么,当滑过用户设备的距离为1单位时,对应的智能电视界面实际滚动的距离则为10单位;The ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to a distance that the smart television interface actually scrolls, and the proportional relationship may be set according to actual needs. For example, if the ratio of the distance that slides over the user equipment to the actual scrolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, then when the distance over the user equipment is 1 unit, the actual distance of the corresponding smart TV interface is scrolled. 10 units;
当查找到的移动方向向上或者向下时,则确定需要移动,可以将计算出当前坐标点的x坐标值与起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值转换为智能电视界面滚动的实际距离。以对应关系为1∶10为例,假设所述差值为0.5,那么,转换后的智能电视界面滚动的实际距离则为5;当然,若假设所述差值为-0.5,相应的,转换后的智能电视界面滚动的实际距离也为5。When the found moving direction is up or down, it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, and the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point can be converted into the actual distance of the smart television interface scrolling. Taking the correspondence as 1:10 as an example, assuming that the difference is 0.5, then the actual distance of the converted smart TV interface scroll is 5; of course, if the difference is assumed to be -0.5, correspondingly, the conversion The actual distance of the smart TV interface after scrolling is also 5.
其中,所述比例关系预先存储在所述用户设备中。The proportional relationship is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤1206:生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令;Step 1206: Generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
步骤1207:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。Step 1207: Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
具体的,当移动方向向上时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向上滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给服务器,由服务器发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该控制指令向上滚动转换后的实际距离;Specifically, when the moving direction is upward, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll up the actual distance, and sends the second control command to the server, and sends the second control command to the smart TV, so that the The smart TV can scroll up the converted actual distance according to the control instruction;
当移动方向向下时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向下滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给服务器,由服务器发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该控制指令向下滚动所述实际距离。When the moving direction is downward, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down the actual distance, and sends the second control command to the server, and the server sends the login to the user equipment to log in to the server. A smart television of the same server to enable the smart television to scroll down the actual distance in accordance with the control command.
举例说明,用户设备计算当前坐标点的x坐标值与起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为0.5单位,依据该差值查找到与该差值对应的移动方向向下,而存储在用户设备中的,滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比为1∶10,则依据该比例关系,求出控制智能电视界面滚动的实际距离为5单位,相应的,用户设备生成控制智能电视界面向上滚动5单位的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给服务器,由服务器发送给所述智能电视,使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动5单位的距离。 For example, the user equipment calculates that the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is 0.5 unit, and according to the difference, the moving direction corresponding to the difference is found to be downward, and is stored in the user. In the device, the ratio of the distance between the user equipment and the actual rolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, according to the proportional relationship, the actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface is 5 units, correspondingly, the user equipment Generating a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll up 5 units, and sending the second control command to the server, and sending the smart TV to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll up according to the second control instruction. The distance of the unit.
本实施例中,用户设备中预先存储有滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比例关系,使得用户设备可以依据该比例关系将计算出的当前坐标点的x坐标值与起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值转换为智能电视界面滚动的实际距离,进而能够通过相应的控制指令控制智能电视界面滚动实际距离,满足了人们通过用户设备对智能电视界面滚动的控制的需求,且该比例关系可以根据实际需求进行设定,提高了对智能电视界面滚动控制的便捷性。In this embodiment, the user equipment pre-stores a proportional relationship between the distance swept by the user equipment and the actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface, so that the user equipment can calculate the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point according to the proportional relationship. The difference of the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is converted into the actual distance of the smart TV interface scrolling, and the actual distance of the smart TV interface can be controlled by the corresponding control command, which satisfies the requirement of the user to control the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment. And the proportional relationship can be set according to actual needs, which improves the convenience of scrolling control of the smart TV interface.
作为另外一种实现形式,与图11对应的实施例的区别在于,在用户设备中预先存储有预设距离,当用户设备确定需要移动后,则生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由服务器发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。As another implementation form, the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 11 is different in that a preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment, and after the user equipment determines that the mobile device needs to be moved, the smart TV interface is generated and controlled according to the moving direction. And scrolling the second control instruction of the preset distance, and sending the second control instruction to the server, and sent by the server to the smart TV that logs in to the same server as the user equipment.
其中,该预设距离为控制智能电视界面滚动的固定距离,可以根据实际情况进行设定,也就是说,当用户设备将生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令发送给服务器,由所述服务器转发给智能电视后,智能电视界面会依据该移动方向滚动固定的距离。The preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and can be set according to actual conditions, that is, when the user equipment controls the generated smart TV interface to scroll the preset according to the moving direction. The second control command of the distance is sent to the server, and after being forwarded to the smart TV by the server, the smart TV interface scrolls a fixed distance according to the moving direction.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,参见图13,该方法可以包括:Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface. Referring to FIG. 13, the method may include:
步骤1301:生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;Step 1301: Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
步骤1302:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 1302: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment.
步骤1303;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;Step 1303: Calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
步骤1304:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 1304: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤1305:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Step 1305: Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone is required to be moved, and when it is determined that the mobile phone needs to move, generate a second control command that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
步骤1306:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所 述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视;Step 1306: Send the second control instruction to the server, where the server will Transmitting the second control instruction to the smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment;
当生成第二控制指令后,该方法还包括:After generating the second control instruction, the method further includes:
步骤1307:调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片,将所述图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示;Step 1307: Call a picture corresponding to the moving direction, and replace the picture with the currently displayed picture for display;
具体的,在用户设备中预先存储有多张图片,当确定移动方向后,可根据移动方向调用与其相对应的图片,例如,当确定移动方向向上时,调用当前显示图片的下一张图片,则可显示出向上滚动的效果,当确定移动方向向下时,调用当前显示图片的上一张图片,则可显示出向上滚动的效果。Specifically, a plurality of pictures are pre-stored in the user equipment, and after determining the moving direction, the corresponding picture may be called according to the moving direction, for example, when determining that the moving direction is upward, calling the next picture of the currently displayed picture, The effect of scrolling up can be displayed. When the moving direction is determined to be downward, the previous picture of the currently displayed picture is called, and the effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
其中,用户设备将生成的控制指令通过服务器发送给智能电视以及显示与移动方向相对应的图片的这两个执行动作并没有先后顺序的限定;即步骤1306和步骤1307没有先后顺序的限定;可以同时执行;也可以先通过服务器向智能电视发送控制指令,再显示与移动方向相应的图片;当然,也可以先显示与移动方向相应的图片,再通过服务器向智能电视发送控制指令;The two execution actions of the user equipment to send the generated control command to the smart TV and display the picture corresponding to the moving direction are not limited by the sequence; that is, the steps 1306 and 1307 have no prior order limitation; Simultaneous execution; it is also possible to first send a control command to the smart TV through the server, and then display a picture corresponding to the moving direction; of course, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be displayed first, and then the control command is sent to the smart TV through the server;
为了增加用户操作的真实感,作为一种具体的实现方式,可以将上述两个动作同时进行,即在控制智能电视界面滚动的同时,显示相应的图片,达到动态滚动效果。In order to increase the realism of the user operation, as a specific implementation manner, the above two actions can be performed simultaneously, that is, while controlling the smart TV interface to scroll, the corresponding picture is displayed to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect.
本实施例中,在用户设备中存储有多张图片,当确定需要移动后,可调用与移动方向相对应的图片,并将该图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示,达到了动态滚动的效果,能够使得用户体验到真实的手感。In this embodiment, a plurality of pictures are stored in the user equipment. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be called, and the picture is replaced by the currently displayed picture to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect. It enables users to experience a real feel.
为了便于理解,以手机为例进行说明,参见图14,示出了本申请在实际应用中的一个实施例的示意图;For ease of understanding, a mobile phone is taken as an example for description. Referring to FIG. 14, a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application is shown;
如图14所示,手机与智能电视登录到同一服务器后,手机进入控制界面,当点击位于手机屏幕下方的“鼠标”图案时,手机则进入到控制电视界面滚动的状态,若手指向上滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机则会控制智能电视界面向下滚动,同时,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮会显示出向上滚动的动态效果;若手指向下滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机会控制智能电视界面向上滚动,同时,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮会显示出向下滚动的动态效果。当然,若手指持续滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮则会持续滚动,同时,手机也会控制智能电视界面持续滚动。 As shown in Figure 14, after the mobile phone and the smart TV log in to the same server, the mobile phone enters the control interface. When the "mouse" pattern located at the bottom of the mobile phone screen is clicked, the mobile phone enters the state of controlling the television interface to scroll, and if the finger slides up the mobile phone The scroll wheel displayed on the screen will control the smart TV interface to scroll down. At the same time, the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will display the dynamic effect of scrolling up; if the finger slides down the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone will control the smart TV. The interface scrolls up and the mouse wheel on the phone screen shows the dynamic effect of scrolling down. Of course, if the finger continues to slide the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will continue to scroll, and the mobile phone will also control the smart TV interface to continuously scroll.
图15是本申请提供的另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的一个实施例的流程示意图,该方法可以适设置为智能电视中。如图15所示,该方法包括:FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface provided by the present application, which may be suitably set in a smart TV. As shown in Figure 15, the method includes:
步骤1501:生成第三控制指令控制所述智能电视登录到预设服务器;Step 1501: Generate a third control instruction to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server.
当需要通过用户设备控制该智能电视界面滚动时,则将该智能电视和用户设备登录到同一服务器,用户可以采用在智能电视上输入账号和密码的方式进行登录,当然,也可以不设定密码,只智能电视上输入服务器的账号即可进行登录;当用户触发登录按钮时,智能电视生成第三控制指令控制智能电视登录到与账号对应的预设服务器。When the smart TV interface needs to be controlled by the user equipment to scroll, the smart TV and the user equipment are logged into the same server, and the user can log in by inputting an account and a password on the smart TV. Of course, the password may not be set. When only the account of the server is input on the smart TV, the login can be performed; when the user triggers the login button, the smart TV generates a third control command to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server corresponding to the account.
步骤1502:接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令;Step 1502: Receive a second control instruction sent by the server.
其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到所述预设服务器,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并发送给所述服务器;The second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire the starting coordinate point and current of the user equipment. a coordinate point; calculating a difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction; When it is determined that the mobile device needs to be moved, the generated control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is sent to the server;
其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
步骤1503:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。Step 1503: Parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
具体的,智能电视通过解析由与所述智能电视登录到同一服务器的用户设备发送给服务器的,并由服务器发送给智能电视的第二控制指令,可以获取到相应的移动方向,当移动方向向上时,则控制智能电视界面向上滚动,当移动方向向下时,则控制智能电视界面向下滚动。Specifically, the smart TV can obtain the corresponding moving direction by parsing the second control instruction sent by the user equipment that is logged in to the same server with the smart TV and sent by the server to the smart TV, when the moving direction is upward. Then, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll up, and when the moving direction is downward, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll down.
作为一种实现方式,当智能电视接收的由服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令时,则所述智能电视解析该第二控制指令,得到相应的移动方向和实际距离,并按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动实际距离;As an implementation manner, when the second control command sent by the smart TV and transmitted by the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction of the actual distance according to the moving direction, the smart television parsing The second control instruction obtains a corresponding moving direction and an actual distance, and controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动 的距离的比,且预先存储在所述用户设备中。The actual distance is that the user equipment converts the difference according to a proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a distance that slides over the user equipment and an actual scrolling of the smart television interface. The ratio of the distances, and is stored in advance in the user equipment.
作为另一种实现方式,当智能电视接由服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令时,则所述智能电视解析该第二控制指令,得到相应的移动方向和预设距离,并按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动预设距离;In another implementation manner, when the second control command sent by the smart television to the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction of the preset distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television Parsing the second control instruction to obtain a corresponding moving direction and a preset distance, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
其中,所述预设距离预先存储在所述用户设备中。The preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
在实际应用中,智能电视能够上下滚动的界面有很多,比如,智能电视的浏览器界面等,当需要控制智能电视的某个界面滚动时,只需使得该界面处于打开状态即可。In practical applications, there are many interfaces for smart TVs to scroll up and down, for example, a browser interface of a smart TV. When it is necessary to control an interface of a smart TV to scroll, it is only necessary to make the interface open.
在本实施例中,智能电视接收由服务器发送的第二控制指令,该第二控制指令由与智能电视登录到同一服务器的用户设备发送给服务器,通过智能电视解析该第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动,实现由用户设备控制智能电视界面滚动的目的。In this embodiment, the smart TV receives the second control command sent by the server, and the second control command is sent to the server by the user equipment that is logged in to the same server as the smart TV, and the second control instruction is parsed by the smart television. The moving direction controls the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and the purpose of controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface by the user equipment is realized.
图16为本申请一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图,该方法包括:FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, the method includes:
步骤1601:生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;Step 1601: Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
用户设备和智能电视位于不同的局域网内时,需要将用户设备和智能电视登录到同一服务器。When the user equipment and the smart TV are located in different LANs, the user equipment and the smart TV need to be logged in to the same server.
具体的,用户可以采用在用户设备上输入账号和密码的方式进行登录;当然,也可以不设置密码,只在用户设备上输入服务器的账号即可进行登录;当用户触发登录按钮时,用户设备生成第一控制指令控制用户设备登录到与账号对应的预设服务器。Specifically, the user can log in by inputting an account and a password on the user device; of course, the password can be set without entering a password on the user device; when the user triggers the login button, the user device The first control instruction is generated to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server corresponding to the account.
步骤1602:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 1602: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
其中,所述触发指令为用户设备控制智能电视界面滚动的初始条件,可以通过多种方式接收该触发指令; The triggering instruction is an initial condition for the user equipment to control the scrolling of the smart television interface, and the triggering instruction can be received in multiple manners;
例如,在用户设备上设置特定的图标,当手指触压该特定图标时,用户设备则接收触发指令;或者,在用户设备设置特定的触发方式,如摇动用户设备时,用户设备则接收触发指令。For example, a specific icon is set on the user equipment, and when the finger touches the specific icon, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction; or, when the user equipment sets a specific trigger mode, such as shaking the user equipment, the user equipment receives the trigger instruction. .
其中,用户设备上设置有坐标轴,以使得用户设备能够获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;而坐标轴的坐标原点可以根据需求设置在该用户设备的屏幕的任何位置;Wherein, the user equipment is provided with an coordinate axis, so that the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; and the coordinate origin of the coordinate axis can be set at any position on the screen of the user equipment according to requirements. ;
在本申请一实施例中,还可以为该用户设备划分有效区域,并指示用户在滑动用户设备是,沿y轴方向进行滑动;所述有效区域是指,为用户设备划分一个特定区域,当手指在该特定区域内滑动时,则用户设备可以获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点,当手指不在该特定区域内滑动时,则用户设备不会获取到滑过用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;当然,可以将用户设备的整个屏幕区域均作为有效区域。In an embodiment of the present application, the user equipment may be divided into effective areas, and the user is instructed to slide the user equipment in the y-axis direction; the effective area refers to dividing a specific area for the user equipment. When the finger slides in the specific area, the user equipment can obtain the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and when the finger does not slide in the specific area, the user equipment does not obtain the sliding over the user equipment. The starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point; of course, the entire screen area of the user device can be used as the effective area.
步骤1603:计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Step 1603: Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
用户设备获取到滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点后,可以利用当前坐标点的y坐标值减去起始坐标点的y坐标值,计算出差值;也可以利用起始坐标点的y坐标值减去当前坐标点的y坐标值,计算出差值。具体的计算方式可以预先在用户设备中设定好。After the user equipment obtains the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point may be subtracted from the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point to calculate the difference; The y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is subtracted from the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point, and the difference is calculated. The specific calculation method can be set in advance in the user equipment.
步骤1604:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 1604: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
其中,不同差值与移动方向的对应关系可以表格的形式存储在用户设备中;具体的,对应关系可以有多种,例如:The corresponding relationship between the difference and the moving direction may be stored in the user equipment in the form of a table; specifically, the correspondence may be multiple, for example:
当所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向上;When the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
或者,所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值 大于零,对应的移动方向向下;Or the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point Greater than zero, the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
具体的,移动方向向上表示需要控制电视界面向上滚动;移动方向向下为表示需要控制电视界面向下滚动;移动方向为无表示不需要控制电视界面滚动。Specifically, the moving direction indicates that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll up; the moving direction is downward to indicate that the television interface needs to be controlled to scroll down; and the moving direction is no indication that the television interface scrolling is not required.
其中,可以依据用户设备中设定的计算方式在用户设备中预先存储相应的对应关系,参见表2,示出了一种计算方式下的差值与移动方向的对应关系。The corresponding correspondence may be pre-stored in the user equipment according to the calculation mode set in the user equipment. Referring to Table 2, the correspondence between the difference value and the movement direction in a calculation mode is shown.
步骤1605:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Step 1605: Determine whether the mobile phone needs to move according to the found moving direction, and when it is determined that the mobile device needs to move, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
步骤1606:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。Step 1606: Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
其中,只有智能电视与用户设备登录到同一服务器,智能电视才能够接收由服务器发送的第二控制指令。Among them, only the smart TV and the user equipment log in to the same server, the smart TV can receive the second control command sent by the server.
若与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视有多台,则可以通过用户设备选择一台特定的智能电视,由用户设备将第二控制指令发送给服务器,再由服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给该特定的智能电视;当然,也可以由服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的多台智能电视。If there are multiple smart TVs that are logged in to the same server as the user equipment, a specific smart TV may be selected by the user equipment, and the second control command is sent by the user equipment to the server, and then the second The control command is sent to the particular smart TV; of course, the second control command may also be sent by the server to a plurality of smart televisions that are logged into the same server as the user equipment.
具体的,当查找到的移动方向向上或者向下时,则确定需要移动,相应的,当移动方向向上时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向上滚动的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令通发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动;当移动方向向下时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向下滚动的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给服务器,由服务器发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向下滚动; Specifically, when the found moving direction is up or down, it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved. Correspondingly, when the moving direction is upward, a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll upward is generated, and the second control command is generated. The control command is sent to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll upward according to the second control instruction; when the moving direction is downward, And generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down, and sends the second control instruction to the server, and the server sends the smart control to the smart television, so that the smart television can be down according to the second control instruction. Scroll
而当查找到的移动方向为无时,则确定不需要移动,在该种情况下,用户设备并不生成第二控制指令。When the found moving direction is no, it is determined that no movement is required, in which case the user equipment does not generate the second control instruction.
需要说明的是,用户设备执行该一系列动作的时间非常短暂,当持续滑过用户设备时,用户设备可以持续执行上述动作,以控制智能电视达到持续滚动的效果。It should be noted that the time for the user equipment to perform the series of actions is very short. When continuously sliding over the user equipment, the user equipment may continue to perform the above actions to control the effect of the smart TV reaching continuous scrolling.
本实施例中,通过用户设备实现对电视界面滚动的控制,无需依靠按键式遥控器、鼠标等硬件设备,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。In this embodiment, the control of the scrolling of the television interface is implemented by the user equipment, and the hardware device such as the button remote controller and the mouse is not required to meet the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,参见图17,该方法可以包括:Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface. Referring to FIG. 17, the method may include:
步骤1701:生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;Step 1701: Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
步骤1702:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 1702: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
步骤1703:计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Step 1703: Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
步骤1704:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 1704: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤1705:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;Step 1705: Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the difference is converted into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the pre-stored proportional relationship;
其中,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,该比例关系可以根据实际需求进行设定。举例说明,若设滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比为1∶10,那么,当滑过用户设备的距离为1单位时,对应的智能电视界面实际滚动的距离则为10单位;The ratio relationship is a ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to a distance that the smart television interface actually scrolls, and the proportional relationship may be set according to actual needs. For example, if the ratio of the distance that slides over the user equipment to the actual scrolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, then when the distance over the user equipment is 1 unit, the actual distance of the corresponding smart TV interface is scrolled. 10 units;
当查找到的移动方向向上或者向下时,则确定需要移动,可以将计算出当前坐标点的y坐标值与起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值转换为智能电视界面滚动的实际距离。以对应关系为1∶10为例,假设所述差值为0.5,那么,转 换后的智能电视界面滚动的实际距离则为5;当然,若假设所述差值为-0.5,相应的,转换后的智能电视界面滚动的实际距离也为5。When the found moving direction is up or down, it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, and the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point can be converted into the actual distance of the smart television interface scrolling. Taking the correspondence as 1:10 as an example, assuming that the difference is 0.5, then The actual distance of the switched smart TV interface scroll is 5; of course, if the difference is assumed to be -0.5, the actual distance of the converted smart TV interface scroll is also 5.
其中,所述比例关系预先存储在所述用户设备中。The proportional relationship is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤1706:生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令;Step 1706: Generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
步骤1707:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。Step 1707: Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
具体的,当移动方向向上时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向上滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给服务器,由服务器发送给智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该控制指令向上滚动转换后的实际距离;Specifically, when the moving direction is upward, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll up the actual distance, and sends the second control command to the server, and sends the second control command to the smart TV, so that the The smart TV can scroll up the converted actual distance according to the control instruction;
当移动方向向下时,则生成控制所述智能电视界面向下滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给服务器,由服务器发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视,以使得所述智能电视能够依据该控制指令向下滚动所述实际距离。When the moving direction is downward, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll down the actual distance, and sends the second control command to the server, and the server sends the login to the user equipment to log in to the server. A smart television of the same server to enable the smart television to scroll down the actual distance in accordance with the control command.
举例说明,用户设备计算当前坐标点的y坐标值与起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为0.5单位,依据该差值查找到与该差值对应的移动方向向下,而存储在用户设备中的,滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比为1∶10,则依据该比例关系,求出控制智能电视界面滚动的实际距离为5单位,相应的,用户设备生成控制智能电视界面向上滚动5单位的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给服务器,由服务器发送给所述智能电视,使得所述智能电视能够依据该第二控制指令向上滚动5单位的距离。For example, the user equipment calculates that the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is 0.5 unit, and according to the difference, the moving direction corresponding to the difference is found to be downward, and is stored in the user. In the device, the ratio of the distance between the user equipment and the actual rolling distance of the smart TV interface is 1:10, according to the proportional relationship, the actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface is 5 units, correspondingly, the user equipment Generating a second control command for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll up 5 units, and sending the second control command to the server, and sending the smart TV to the smart TV, so that the smart TV can scroll up according to the second control instruction. The distance of the unit.
本实施例中,用户设备中预先存储有滑过用户设备的距离与智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比例关系,使得用户设备可以依据该比例关系将计算出的当前坐标点的y坐标值与起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值转换为智能电视界面滚动的实际距离,进而能够通过相应的控制指令控制智能电视界面滚动实际距离,满足了人们通过用户设备对智能电视界面滚动的控制的需求,且该比例关系可以根据实际需求进行设定,提高了对智能电视界面滚动控制的便捷性。In this embodiment, the user equipment pre-stores a proportional relationship between the distance swept by the user equipment and the actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface, so that the user equipment can calculate the calculated y coordinate value of the current coordinate point according to the proportional relationship. The difference of the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is converted into the actual distance of the smart TV interface scrolling, and the actual distance of the smart TV interface can be controlled by the corresponding control command, which satisfies the requirement of the user to control the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment. And the proportional relationship can be set according to actual needs, which improves the convenience of scrolling control of the smart TV interface.
作为另外一种实现形式,与图16对应的实施例的区别在于,在用户设备 中预先存储有预设距离,当用户设备确定需要移动后,则生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令,并将该第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由服务器发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。As another implementation form, the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 16 differs in the user equipment. Pre-storing a preset distance, and when the user equipment determines that the mobile device needs to be moved, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and sends the second control instruction to The server is sent by the server to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
其中,该预设距离为控制智能电视界面滚动的固定距离,可以根据实际情况进行设定,也就是说,当用户设备将生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令发送给服务器,由所述服务器转发给智能电视后,智能电视界面会依据该移动方向滚动固定的距离。The preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and can be set according to actual conditions, that is, when the user equipment controls the generated smart TV interface to scroll the preset according to the moving direction. The second control command of the distance is sent to the server, and after being forwarded to the smart TV by the server, the smart TV interface scrolls a fixed distance according to the moving direction.
本申请又一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,参见图18,该方法可以包括:Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface. Referring to FIG. 18, the method may include:
步骤1801:生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;Step 1801: Generate a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server.
步骤1802:接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Step 1802: After receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment.
步骤1803:计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Step 1803: Calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point;
步骤1804:查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Step 1804: Search for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, where a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
步骤1805:根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Step 1805: Determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to move, generate a second control command that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
步骤1806:将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视;Step 1806: Send the second control instruction to the server, and send, by the server, the second control instruction to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment;
当生成第二控制指令后,该方法还包括:After generating the second control instruction, the method further includes:
步骤1807:调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片,将所述图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示;Step 1807: Call a picture corresponding to the moving direction, and replace the picture with the currently displayed picture for display;
具体的,在用户设备中预先存储有多张图片,当确定移动方向后,可根据移动方向调用与其相对应的图片,例如,当确定移动方向向上时,调用当前显示图片的下一张图片,则可显示出向上滚动的效果,当确定移动方向向下时,调用当前显示图片的上一张图片,则可显示出向上滚动的效果。 Specifically, a plurality of pictures are pre-stored in the user equipment, and after determining the moving direction, the corresponding picture may be called according to the moving direction, for example, when determining that the moving direction is upward, calling the next picture of the currently displayed picture, The effect of scrolling up can be displayed. When the moving direction is determined to be downward, the previous picture of the currently displayed picture is called, and the effect of scrolling up can be displayed.
其中,用户设备将生成的控制指令通过服务器发送给智能电视以及显示与移动方向相对应的图片的这两个执行动作并没有先后顺序的限定;即步骤1806和步骤1807没有先后顺序的限定;可以同时执行;也可以先通过服务器向智能电视发送控制指令,再显示与移动方向相应的图片;当然,也可以先显示与移动方向相应的图片,再通过服务器向智能电视发送控制指令;The two execution actions that the user equipment sends the generated control command to the smart TV through the server and displays the picture corresponding to the moving direction are not limited in sequence; that is, the steps 1806 and 1807 have no prior order limitation; Simultaneous execution; it is also possible to first send a control command to the smart TV through the server, and then display a picture corresponding to the moving direction; of course, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be displayed first, and then the control command is sent to the smart TV through the server;
为了增加用户操作的真实感,作为一种具体的实现方式,可以将上述两个动作同时进行,即在控制智能电视界面滚动的同时,显示相应的图片,达到动态滚动效果。In order to increase the realism of the user operation, as a specific implementation manner, the above two actions can be performed simultaneously, that is, while controlling the smart TV interface to scroll, the corresponding picture is displayed to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect.
本实施例中,在用户设备中存储有多张图片,当确定需要移动后,可调用与移动方向相对应的图片,并将该图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示,达到了动态滚动的效果,能够使得用户体验到真实的手感。In this embodiment, a plurality of pictures are stored in the user equipment. When it is determined that the mobile phone needs to be moved, the picture corresponding to the moving direction may be called, and the picture is replaced by the currently displayed picture to achieve the dynamic scrolling effect. It enables users to experience a real feel.
为了便于理解,以手机为例进行说明,参见图19,示出了本申请在实际应用中的一个实施例的示意图;For ease of understanding, a mobile phone is taken as an example for description. Referring to FIG. 19, a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present application in practical application is shown;
如图19所示,手机与智能电视登录到同一服务器后,手机进入控制界面,当点击位于手机屏幕下方的“鼠标”图案时,手机则进入到控制电视界面滚动的状态,若手指向上滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机则会控制智能电视界面向下滚动,同时,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮会显示出向上滚动的动态效果;若手指向下滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机会控制智能电视界面向上滚动,同时,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮会显示出向下滚动的动态效果。当然,若手指持续滑动手机屏幕上显示的滚轮,手机屏幕上的鼠标滚轮则会持续滚动,同时,手机也会控制智能电视界面持续滚动。As shown in Figure 19, after the mobile phone and the smart TV log in to the same server, the mobile phone enters the control interface. When the “mouse” pattern located at the bottom of the mobile phone screen is clicked, the mobile phone enters the state of controlling the television interface to scroll, and if the finger slides up the mobile phone The scroll wheel displayed on the screen will control the smart TV interface to scroll down. At the same time, the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will display the dynamic effect of scrolling up; if the finger slides down the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mobile phone will control the smart TV. The interface scrolls up and the mouse wheel on the phone screen shows the dynamic effect of scrolling down. Of course, if the finger continues to slide the scroll wheel displayed on the screen of the mobile phone, the mouse wheel on the screen of the mobile phone will continue to scroll, and the mobile phone will also control the smart TV interface to continuously scroll.
图20是本申请提供的另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法的一个实施例的流程示意图,该方法可以适设置为智能电视中。如图20所示,该方法包括:FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another embodiment of a method for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface provided by the present application, which may be suitably set in a smart TV. As shown in FIG. 20, the method includes:
步骤2001:生成第三控制指令控制所述智能电视登录到预设服务器;Step 2001: Generate a third control instruction to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server;
当需要通过用户设备控制该智能电视界面滚动时,则将该智能电视和用户设备登录到同一服务器,用户可以采用在智能电视上输入账号和密码的方 式进行登录,当然,也可以不设定密码,只智能电视上输入服务器的账号即可进行登录;当用户触发登录按钮时,智能电视生成第三控制指令控制智能电视登录到与账号对应的预设服务器。When the smart TV interface needs to be controlled by the user equipment, the smart TV and the user equipment are logged into the same server, and the user can use the party that inputs the account and password on the smart TV. Log in, of course, you can also not set a password, only the account of the server can be entered on the smart TV; when the user triggers the login button, the smart TV generates a third control command to control the smart TV to log in to the account corresponding to the account. Set the server.
步骤2002:接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令;Step 2002: Receive a second control instruction sent by the server;
其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到所述预设服务器,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并发送给所述服务器;The second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire the starting coordinate point and current of the user equipment. a coordinate point; calculating a difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction; When it is determined that the mobile device needs to be moved, the generated control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is sent to the server;
其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
步骤2003:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。Step 2003: Parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
具体的,智能电视通过解析由与所述智能电视登录到同一服务器的用户设备发送给服务器的,并由服务器发送给智能电视的第二控制指令,可以获取到相应的移动方向,当移动方向向上时,则控制智能电视界面向上滚动,当移动方向向下时,则控制智能电视界面向下滚动。Specifically, the smart TV can obtain the corresponding moving direction by parsing the second control instruction sent by the user equipment that is logged in to the same server with the smart TV and sent by the server to the smart TV, when the moving direction is upward. Then, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll up, and when the moving direction is downward, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll down.
作为一种实现方式,当智能电视接收的由服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令时,则所述智能电视解析该第二控制指令,得到相应的移动方向和实际距离,并按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动实际距离;As an implementation manner, when the second control command sent by the smart TV and transmitted by the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction of the actual distance according to the moving direction, the smart television parsing The second control instruction obtains a corresponding moving direction and an actual distance, and controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,且预先存储在所述用户设备中。The actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
作为另一种实现方式,当智能电视接由服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令时,则所述智能电视解析该第二控制指令,得到相应的移动方向和预设距离,并按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动预设距离;In another implementation manner, when the second control command sent by the smart television to the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction of the preset distance according to the moving direction, then the smart television Parsing the second control instruction to obtain a corresponding moving direction and a preset distance, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
其中,所述预设距离预先存储在所述用户设备中。The preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
在实际应用中,智能电视能够上下滚动的界面有很多,比如,智能电视 的浏览器界面等,当需要控制智能电视的某个界面滚动时,只需使得该界面处于打开状态即可。In practical applications, there are many interfaces for smart TVs to scroll up and down, for example, smart TV. The browser interface, etc., when it is necessary to control an interface of the smart TV to scroll, it is only necessary to make the interface open.
在本实施例中,智能电视接收由服务器发送的第二控制指令,该第二控制指令由与智能电视登录到同一服务器的用户设备发送给服务器,通过智能电视解析该第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动,实现由用户设备控制智能电视界面滚动的目的。In this embodiment, the smart TV receives the second control command sent by the server, and the second control command is sent to the server by the user equipment that is logged in to the same server as the smart TV, and the second control instruction is parsed by the smart television. The moving direction controls the scrolling of the smart TV interface, and the purpose of controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface by the user equipment is realized.
本申请还提供一种在其上记录有用于执行上述方法的程序的计算机可读记录介质。The present application also provides a computer readable recording medium on which a program for executing the above method is recorded.
所述计算机可读记录介质包括用于以计算机(例如计算机)可读的形式存储或传送信息的任何机制。例如,机器可读介质包括只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、磁盘存储介质、光存储介质、闪速存储介质、电、光、声或其他形式的传播信号(例如,载波、红外信号、数字信号等)等。The computer readable recording medium includes any mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a computer (eg, a computer). For example, a machine-readable medium includes read only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk storage media, optical storage media, flash storage media, electrical, optical, acoustic, or other forms of propagation signals (eg, carrier waves) , infrared signals, digital signals, etc.).
与以上方法相对应的,本申请还提供了,如图21所示的一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图,该装置应用于用户设备中。Corresponding to the above method, the present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface as shown in FIG. 21, which is applied to a user equipment.
如图21所示,该装置可以包括:第一获取模块2101、第一生成发送模块2102、接收模块2103、第二获取模块2104、计算模块2105、第一存储模块2106、查找模块2107、判断模块2108、第二生成发送模块2109,其中:As shown in FIG. 21, the apparatus may include: a first acquiring module 2101, a first generating sending module 2102, a receiving module 2103, a second obtaining module 2104, a calculating module 2105, a first storage module 2106, a searching module 2107, and a determining module. 2108. The second generation sending module 2109, where:
所述连第一获取模块2101,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址;The first acquiring module 2101 is configured to obtain an IP address of the smart TV;
所述第一生成发送模块2102,设置为生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;The first generation sending module 2102 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
所述第一接收模块2103,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2103 is configured to receive a triggering instruction;
所述第二获取模块2104,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2104 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2105,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2105 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2106,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2106 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2107,设置为在所述第一存储模块606中查找与所述差值 对应的移动方向;The searching module 2107 is configured to search for the difference in the first storage module 606 Corresponding movement direction;
所述判断模块2108,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2108 is configured to determine whether a move is needed according to the found moving direction;
所述第二生成发送模块2109,设置为当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。The second generation sending module 2109 is configured to generate, when it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television .
其中,所述第一存储模块2106存储所述对应关系有多种实现形式,具体的:The first storage module 2106 stores the corresponding relationship in multiple implementation forms, specifically:
所述第一存储模块2106存储的所述对应关系包括:The corresponding relationship stored by the first storage module 2106 includes:
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
或者,所述第一存储模块2106存储所述对应关系包括:Or the storing, by the first storage module 2106, the correspondence includes:
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,该装置应用于用户设备中,参见图22,该装置可以包括:第一获取模块2201、第一生成发送模块2202、第一接收模块2203、第二获取模块2204、计算模块2205、第一存储模块2206、查找模块2207、判断模块2208、转换模块2210、第二存储模块2211、第二生成发送模块2209,其中:Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of a smart TV interface. The device is applied to a user equipment. Referring to FIG. 22, the device may include: a first obtaining module 2201, a first generating and sending module 2202, and a first a receiving module 2203, a second obtaining module 2204, a calculating module 2205, a first storing module 2206, a searching module 2207, a determining module 2208, a converting module 2210, a second storing module 2211, and a second generating sending module 2209, wherein:
所述第一获取模块2201,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址;The first obtaining module 2201 is configured to obtain an IP address of the smart TV.
所述第一生成发送模块2202,设置为生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设 备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;The first generation sending module 2202 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user setting And the smart TV is connected to the same local area network;
所述第一接收模块2203,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2203 is configured to receive a triggering instruction;
所述第二获取模块2204,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2204 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2205,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2205 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2206,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2206 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2207,设置为在所述第一存储模块706中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2207 is configured to search, in the first storage module 706, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
所述判断模块2208,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2208 is configured to determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved;
所述第二存储模块2211,设置为预先存储比例关系;The second storage module 2211 is configured to store a proportional relationship in advance;
所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离比。The proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance swept across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface.
所述转换模块2210,设置为当确定需要移动后,依据所述比例关系将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;The conversion module 2210 is configured to, after determining that the mobile phone needs to be moved, convert the difference value into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
所述第二生成发送模块2209可以设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。The second generation sending module 2209 may be configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
本申请又一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,该装置应用于用户设备中,参见图23,该装置可以包括:第一获取模块2301、第一生成发送模块2302、第一接收模块2303、第二获取模块2304、计算模块2305、第一存储模块2306、查找模块23067、判断模块2308、第二生成发送模块2309;A further embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of a smart TV interface. The device is applied to a user equipment. Referring to FIG. 23, the device may include: a first obtaining module 2301, a first generating and sending module 2302, and a first a receiving module 2303, a second obtaining module 2304, a calculating module 2305, a first storage module 2306, a lookup module 23067, a determining module 2308, a second generating transmitting module 2309;
该装置还可以包括第三存储模块2312,其中:The apparatus can also include a third storage module 2312, wherein:
所述第一获取模块2301,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址;The first obtaining module 2301 is configured to acquire an IP address of the smart TV;
所述第一生成发送模块2302,设置为生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;The first generation sending module 2302 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
所述第一接收模块2303,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2303 is configured to receive a triggering instruction;
所述第二获取模块2304,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和 当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2304 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point of the user equipment and Current coordinate point;
所述计算模块2305,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2305 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块806,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 806 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2307,设置为在所述第一存储模块806中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2307 is configured to search, in the first storage module 806, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
所述判断模块2308,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2308 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction;
所述第三存储模块2312设置为预先存储预设距离;所述预设距离为控制智能电视界面滚动的固定距离;The third storage module 2312 is configured to store a preset distance in advance; the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface;
所述第二生成发送模块2309可以设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视;The second generation sending module 2309 may be configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television;
在本申请一实施例中,该装置还可以包括第四存储模块2313、调用模块2314和替换显示模块2315,其中:In an embodiment of the present application, the apparatus may further include a fourth storage module 2313, a calling module 2314, and a replacement display module 2315, where:
所述第四存储模块2313设置为存储图片;The fourth storage module 2313 is configured to store a picture;
所述调用模块2314设置为当所述第二生成发送模块809生成所述控制指令后,调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片;The calling module 2314 is configured to, after the second generation sending module 809 generates the control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
所述替换显示模块2315设置为将所述调用的图片替换当前显示图片进行显示。The replacement display module 2315 is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
图24为本申请提供的另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图,该装置应用于智能电视中,FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, where the apparatus is applied to a smart television.
如图24所示,该装置可以包括:第二接收模块2401和解析控制模块2402,其中:As shown in FIG. 24, the apparatus may include: a second receiving module 2401 and a parsing control module 2402, wherein:
所述第二接收模块2401,设置为接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令;The second receiving module 2401 is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment;
其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x的差值,查找与所述差值对应的 移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令。The second control command is to acquire an IP address of the smart TV by the user equipment, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction is The user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slides over the user equipment; calculating an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the Find the difference between the x of the starting coordinate point and the difference The moving direction determines whether the movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when it is determined that the movement is required, the generated control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系。The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
所述解析控制模块2402,设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。The analysis control module 2402 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
具体的,当所述第二接收模块2401接收的所述用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令时,所述解析控制模块2402设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。Specifically, when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module 2401 is: a control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, the parsing control The module 2402 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,且预先存储在所述用户设备中。The actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
当所述第二接收模块2401接收的所述用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的指令时,所述解析控制模块2402设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。When the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module 2401 is: an instruction to control the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, the parsing control module 2402 sets In order to parse the second control instruction, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
其中,所述预设距离预先存储在所述用户设备中。The preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
本申请还提供了,如图21所示的一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图,该装置应用于用户设备中。The present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface as shown in FIG. 21, the apparatus being applied to a user equipment.
如图21所示,该装置可以包括:第一获取模块2101、第一生成发送模块2102、第一接收模块2103、第二获取模块2104、计算模块2105、第一存储模块2106、查找模块2107、判断模块2108、第二生成发送模块2109,其中:As shown in FIG. 21, the apparatus may include: a first acquiring module 2101, a first generating and sending module 2102, a first receiving module 2103, a second acquiring module 2104, a calculating module 2105, a first storing module 2106, a searching module 2107, The determining module 2108 and the second generating sending module 2109, wherein:
所述第一获取模块2101,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址;The first obtaining module 2101 is configured to obtain an IP address of the smart TV.
所述第一生成发送模块2102,设置为生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;The first generation sending module 2102 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
所述第一接收模块2103,设置为接收触发指令; The first receiving module 2103 is configured to receive a triggering instruction;
所述第二获取模块2104,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2104 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2105,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2105 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2106,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2106 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2107,设置为在所述第一存储模块2106中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2107 is configured to search, in the first storage module 2106, a moving direction corresponding to the difference;
所述判断模块2108,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2108 is configured to determine whether a move is needed according to the found moving direction;
所述第二生成发送模块2109,设置为当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。The second generation sending module 2109 is configured to generate, when it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television .
其中,所述第一存储模块2106存储所述对应关系有多种实现形式,具体的:The first storage module 2106 stores the corresponding relationship in multiple implementation forms, specifically:
所述第一存储模块2106存储的所述对应关系包括:The corresponding relationship stored by the first storage module 2106 includes:
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
或者,所述第一存储模块2106存储所述对应关系包括:Or the storing, by the first storage module 2106, the correspondence includes:
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,该装置应用于用户设备中,参见图22,该装置可以包括:第一获取模块2201、第一 生成发送模块2202、第一接收模块2203、第二获取模块2204、计算模块2205、第一存储模块2206、查找模块2207、判断模块2208、转换模块2210、第二存储模块2211、第二生成发送模块2209,其中:Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of a smart TV interface. The device is applied to a user equipment. Referring to FIG. 22, the device may include: a first acquiring module 2201, a first The generating and sending module 2202, the first receiving module 2203, the second obtaining module 2204, the calculating module 2205, the first storing module 2206, the searching module 2207, the determining module 2208, the converting module 2210, the second storing module 2211, and the second generating sending module 2209, where:
所述第一获取模块2201,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址;The first obtaining module 2201 is configured to obtain an IP address of the smart TV.
所述第一生成发送模块2202,设置为生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;The first generation sending module 2202 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
所述第一接收模块2203,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2203 is configured to receive a triggering instruction;
所述第二获取模块2204,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2204 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2205,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2205 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2206,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2206 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2207,设置为在所述第一存储模块706中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2207 is configured to search, in the first storage module 706, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
所述判断模块2208,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2208 is configured to determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved;
所述第二存储模块2211,设置为预先存储比例关系;The second storage module 2211 is configured to store a proportional relationship in advance;
所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离比。The proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance swept across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface.
所述转换模块2210,设置为当确定需要移动后,依据所述比例关系将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;The conversion module 2210 is configured to, after determining that the mobile phone needs to be moved, convert the difference value into an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
则第二生成发送模块2209具体可以设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。The second generation sending module 2209 may be specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
本申请又一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,该装置应用于用户设备中,参见图23,该装置可以包括:第一获取模块2301、第一生成发送模块2302、第一接收模块2303、第二获取模块2304、计算模块2305、第一存储模块2306、查找模块2307、判断模块2308、第二生成发送模块2309;A further embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of a smart TV interface. The device is applied to a user equipment. Referring to FIG. 23, the device may include: a first obtaining module 2301, a first generating and sending module 2302, and a first a receiving module 2303, a second obtaining module 2304, a calculating module 2305, a first storage module 2306, a lookup module 2307, a determining module 2308, a second generating transmitting module 2309;
该装置还可以包括第三存储模块2312,其中: The apparatus can also include a third storage module 2312, wherein:
所述第一获取模块2301,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址;The first obtaining module 2301 is configured to acquire an IP address of the smart TV;
所述第一生成发送模块2302,设置为生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;The first generation sending module 2302 is configured to generate and send a first control instruction carrying an IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television Access to the same local area network;
所述第一接收模块2303,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2303 is configured to receive a triggering instruction;
所述第二获取模块2304,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2304 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2305,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2305 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2306,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2306 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2307,设置为在所述第一存储模块2306中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2307 is configured to search, in the first storage module 2306, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
所述判断模块2308,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;所述第三存储模块2312设置为预先存储预设距离;所述预设距离为控制智能电视界面滚动的固定距离;The determining module 2308 is configured to determine whether a mobile phone needs to be moved according to the searched moving direction; the third storage module 2312 is configured to store a preset distance in advance; the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface;
则所述第二生成发送模块2309具体可以设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。The second generation sending module 2309 may be specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
在本申请一实施例中,该装置还可以包括第四存储模块2313、调用模块2314和替换显示模块2315,其中:In an embodiment of the present application, the apparatus may further include a fourth storage module 2313, a calling module 2314, and a replacement display module 2315, where:
所述第四存储模块2313设置为存储图片;The fourth storage module 2313 is configured to store a picture;
所述调用模块2314设置为当所述第二生成发送模块2309生成所述第二控制指令后,调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片;The calling module 2314 is configured to, after the second generation sending module 2309 generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
所述替换显示模块2315设置为将所述调用的图片替换当前显示图片进行显示。The replacement display module 2315 is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
图24为本申请提供的另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图,该装置应用于智能电视中,FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, where the apparatus is applied to a smart television.
如图24所示,该装置可以包括:第二接收模块2401和解析控制模块2402,其中: As shown in FIG. 24, the apparatus may include: a second receiving module 2401 and a parsing control module 2402, wherein:
所述第二接收模块2401,设置为接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令;The second receiving module 2401 is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment;
其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令。The second control command is to acquire an IP address of the smart TV by the user equipment, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction is The user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment; calculating a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the Determining the difference of y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating the control of the smart television interface according to the Control instructions for moving direction scrolling.
其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系。The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
所述解析控制模块2402,设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。The analysis control module 2402 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
具体的,当所述第二接收模块2401接收的所述用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令时,所述解析控制模块2402设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。Specifically, when the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module 2401 is: a control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, the parsing control The module 2402 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,且预先存储在所述用户设备中。The actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
当所述第二接收模块2401接收的所述用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的指令时,所述解析控制模块2402设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。When the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module 2401 is: an instruction to control the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, the parsing control module 2402 sets In order to parse the second control instruction, the smart TV interface is controlled to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
其中,所述预设距离预先存储在所述用户设备中。The preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
以上装置中,用户设备与智能电视接入到同一局域网,当用户设备接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点,计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值后,可以通过查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,并根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚 动的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得智能电视界面按照移动方向滚动。本申请利用用户设备实现对智能电视界面滚动的控制,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。In the above device, the user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network. After receiving the triggering command, the user equipment acquires the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and calculates the y coordinate of the current coordinate point. After the difference between the value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, the moving direction corresponding to the difference value may be searched, and according to the found moving direction, whether the movement needs to be performed is determined, and when it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, the generation is performed. Controlling the smart TV interface to roll in accordance with the moving direction Moving the second control command and transmitting the second control command to the smart TV to cause the smart TV interface to scroll in the moving direction. The application realizes the control of the scrolling of the smart television interface by using the user equipment, and satisfies the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
本申请还提供了,如图25所示的一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的另一个实施例的结构示意图,该装置应用于用户设备中。The present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface as shown in FIG. 25, which is applied to a user equipment.
如图25所示,该装置可以包括:第一生成模块2501、第一控制模块2502、第一接收模块2503、获取模块2504、计算模块2505、第一存储模块2506、查找模块2507、判断模块2508、第二生成模块2509、发送模块2510,其中:As shown in FIG. 25, the apparatus may include: a first generation module 2501, a first control module 2502, a first receiving module 2503, an obtaining module 2504, a computing module 2505, a first storage module 2506, a searching module 2507, and a determining module 2508. a second generation module 2509 and a sending module 2510, wherein:
所述第一生成模块2501,设置为生成第一控制指令;The first generating module 2501 is configured to generate a first control instruction;
所述第一控制模块2502,设置为依据所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;The first control module 2502 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
所述第一接收模块2503,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2503 is configured to receive a trigger instruction;
所述第二获取模块2504,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2504 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2505,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2505 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2506,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2506 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2507,设置为在所述第一存储模块605中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2507 is configured to search, in the first storage module 605, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
所述判断模块2508,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2508 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction;
所述第二生成模块2509,设置为当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;The second generating module 2509 is configured to generate, when it is determined that the mobile device needs to move, a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
所述发送模块2510,设置为将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。The sending module 2510 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
其中,所述第一存储模块2506存储所述对应关系有多种实现形式,具体的:The first storage module 2506 stores the corresponding relationship in multiple implementation forms, specifically:
所述第一存储模块2506存储的所述对应关系包括:The corresponding relationship stored by the first storage module 2506 includes:
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值大于零, 对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, The corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
或者,所述第一存储模块2506存储所述对应关系包括:Or the storing, by the first storage module 2506, the correspondence includes:
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,参见图26,该装置应用于用户设备中,该装置可以包括:第一生成模块2601、第一控制模块2602、第一接收模块2603、第二获取模块2604、计算模块2605、第一存储模块2606、查找模块2607、判断模块2608、第二生成模块2609、发送模块2610;Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface. Referring to FIG. 26, the device is applied to a user equipment. The device may include: a first generating module 2601, a first control module 2602, and a first The receiving module 2603, the second obtaining module 2604, the calculating module 2605, the first storing module 2606, the searching module 2607, the determining module 2608, the second generating module 2609, and the sending module 2610;
该装置还可以包括转换模块2611以及第二存储模块2612;The device may further include a conversion module 2611 and a second storage module 2612;
其中:among them:
所述第一生成模块2601,设置为生成第一控制指令;The first generating module 2601 is configured to generate a first control instruction;
所述第一控制模块2602,设置为依据所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;The first control module 2602 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
所述第一接收模块2603,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2603 is configured to receive a trigger instruction;
所述第二获取模块2604,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2604 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2605,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2605 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2606,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2606 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2607,设置为在所述第一存储模块2606中查找与所述差 值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2607 is configured to search for the difference in the first storage module 2606 The direction of movement corresponding to the value;
所述判断模块2608,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2608 is configured to determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved;
所述第二存储模块2612,设置为预先存储比例关系;The second storage module 2612 is configured to store a proportional relationship in advance;
所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离比。The proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance swept across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface.
所述转换模块2611,设置为当确定需要移动后,依据存储在所述第二存储模块2612中的比例关系将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;The conversion module 2611 is configured to, after determining that the movement is required, convert the difference to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to a proportional relationship stored in the second storage module 2612;
所述第二生成模块2609具体可以设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令;The second generating module 2609 may be specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
所述发送模块2610,设置为将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。The sending module 2610 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
本申请又一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,该装置应用于用户设备中,如图27所示,该装置可以包括:第一生成模块2701、第一控制模块2702、第一接收模块2703、第二获取模块2704、计算模块2705、第一存储模块2706、查找模块2707、判断模块2708、第二生成模块2709、发送模块2710;A further embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface. The device is applied to the user equipment. As shown in FIG. 27, the device may include: a first generating module 2701, a first control module 2702, The first receiving module 2703, the second obtaining module 2704, the calculating module 2705, the first storage module 2706, the searching module 2707, the determining module 2708, the second generating module 2709, and the sending module 2710;
该装置还可以包括第三存储模块2713,其中:The apparatus can also include a third storage module 2713, wherein:
所述第一生成模块2701,设置为生成第一控制指令;The first generating module 2701 is configured to generate a first control instruction;
所述第一控制模块2702,设置为依据所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;The first control module 2702 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
所述第一接收模块2703,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2703 is configured to receive a triggering instruction;
所述第二获取模块2704,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2704 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2705,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2705 is configured to calculate a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2706,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2706 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2707,设置为在所述第一存储模块2706中查找与所述差 值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2707 is configured to search for the difference in the first storage module 2706 The direction of movement corresponding to the value;
所述判断模块2708,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2708 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction;
所述第三存储模块2713设置为预先存储预设距离;所述预设距离为控制智能电视界面滚动的固定距离;The third storage module 2713 is configured to store a preset distance in advance; the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface;
所述第二生成模块2709具体设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令;The second generating module 2709 is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
所述发送模块2710,设置为将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。The sending module 2710 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
在本申请一实施例中,该装置还可以包括第四存储模块2714、调用模块2715和替换显示模块2716,其中:In an embodiment of the present application, the apparatus may further include a fourth storage module 2714, a calling module 2715, and a replacement display module 2716, where:
所述第四存储模块2714设置为存储图片;The fourth storage module 2714 is configured to store a picture;
所述调用模块2715设置为当所述第二生成模块2709生成所述第二控制指令后,调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片;The calling module 2715 is configured to, after the second generating module 2709 generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
所述替换显示模块2716设置为将所述调用的图片替换当前显示图片进行显示。The replacement display module 2716 is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
图28为本申请提供的另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图,该装置应用于智能电视中,FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, where the apparatus is applied to a smart television,
如图28所示,该装置可以包括:第三生成模块2801、第二控制模块2802、第三接收模块2803和解析控制模块2804,其中:As shown in FIG. 28, the apparatus may include: a third generation module 2801, a second control module 2802, a third receiving module 2803, and a parsing control module 2804, where:
所述第三生成模块2801,设置为生成第三控制指令所述第二控制模块2802,设置为依据所述第三控制指令控制所述智能电视登录到预设服务器;The third generation module 2801 is configured to generate a third control instruction, the second control module 2802, configured to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server according to the third control instruction;
所述第三接收模块2803,设置为接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令;The third receiving module 2803 is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the server;
其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到所述预设服务器,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照 所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并由所述用户设备发送给所述服务器。The second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire the starting coordinate point and current of the user equipment. a coordinate point; calculating a difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction; When it is determined that the mobile device needs to be moved, the generated control of the smart TV interface is followed. The moving direction scrolling control command is sent by the user equipment to the server.
其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系。The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
所述解析控制模块2804,设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。The analysis control module 2804 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
具体的,当所述第三接收模块2803接收的由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令;Specifically, the second control instruction sent by the server received by the third receiving module 2803 is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction;
所述解析控制模块2804设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing control module 2804 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,且预先存储在所述用户设备中。The actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
当所述第三接收模块2803接收的由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令;The second control command sent by the server received by the third receiving module 2803 is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
所述解析控制模块2804具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing control module 2804 is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
其中,所述预设距离预先存储在所述用户设备中。The preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
以上装置中,用户设备与智能电视登录到同一服务器,当用户设备接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点,计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值后,可以通过查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,并根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由服务器发送给所述智能电视,以使得智能电视界面按照移动方向滚动。本申请利用用户设备实现对智能电视界面滚动的控制,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。 In the above device, the user equipment and the smart TV are logged in to the same server. After receiving the triggering command, the user equipment acquires the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and calculates the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point. After the difference from the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, the moving direction corresponding to the difference value may be searched, and according to the found moving direction, whether the movement is needed is needed, and when it is determined that the movement is required, the generation control is generated. The smart TV interface scrolls the second control instruction according to the moving direction, and sends the second control instruction to the server, and is sent by the server to the smart television, so that the smart television interface scrolls according to the moving direction. The application realizes the control of the scrolling of the smart television interface by using the user equipment, and satisfies the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
本申请还提供了如图25所示的一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图,该装置应用于用户设备中。The present application also provides a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface as shown in FIG. 25, the apparatus being applied to a user equipment.
如图25所示,该装置可以包括:第一生成模块2501、第一控制模块2502、第一接收模块2503、第二获取模块2504、计算模块2505、第一存储模块2506、查找模块2507、判断模块2508、第二生成模块2509、发送模块2510,其中:As shown in FIG. 25, the apparatus may include: a first generation module 2501, a first control module 2502, a first receiving module 2503, a second obtaining module 2504, a computing module 2505, a first storage module 2506, a searching module 2507, and a determining Module 2508, second generation module 2509, and transmission module 2510, wherein:
所述第一生成模块2501,设置为生成第一控制指令;The first generating module 2501 is configured to generate a first control instruction;
所述第一控制模块2502,设置为依据所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;The first control module 2502 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
所述第一接收模块2503,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2503 is configured to receive a trigger instruction;
所述第二获取模块2504,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2504 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2505,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2505 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2506,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2506 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2507,设置为在所述第一存储模块605中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2507 is configured to search, in the first storage module 605, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
所述判断模块2508,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2508 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction;
所述第二生成模块2509,设置为当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;The second generating module 2509 is configured to generate, when it is determined that the mobile device needs to move, a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
所述发送模块2510,设置为将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。The sending module 2510 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
其中,所述第一存储模块25606存储所述对应关系有多种实现形式,具体的:The first storage module 25606 stores the corresponding relationship in multiple implementation forms, specifically:
所述第一存储模块2506存储的所述对应关系包括:The corresponding relationship stored by the first storage module 2506 includes:
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为零, 对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero. The corresponding moving direction is none.
或者,所述第一存储模块2506存储所述对应关系包括:Or the storing, by the first storage module 2506, the correspondence includes:
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值大于零,对应的移动方向向下;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is greater than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is downward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值小于零,对应的移动方向向上;The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is less than zero, and the corresponding moving direction is upward;
所述当前坐标值的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值为零,对应的移动方向为无。The difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate value and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point is zero, and the corresponding moving direction is none.
本申请另一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,参见图26,该装置应用于用户设备中,该装置可以包括:第一生成模块2601、第一控制模块2602、第一接收模块2603、第二获取模块2604、计算模块2605、第一存储模块2606、查找模块2607、判断模块2608、第二生成模块2609、发送模块2610;Another embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling scrolling of a smart TV interface. Referring to FIG. 26, the device is applied to a user equipment. The device may include: a first generating module 2601, a first control module 2602, and a first The receiving module 2603, the second obtaining module 2604, the calculating module 2605, the first storing module 2606, the searching module 2607, the determining module 2608, the second generating module 2609, and the sending module 2610;
该装置还可以包括转换模块2611以及第二存储模块2612;The device may further include a conversion module 2611 and a second storage module 2612;
其中:among them:
所述第一生成模块元2601,设置为生成第一控制指令;The first generating module element 2601 is configured to generate a first control instruction;
所述控制模块2602,设置为依据所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;The control module 2602 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
所述第一接收模块2603,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2603 is configured to receive a trigger instruction;
所述第二获取模块2604,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2604 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2605,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2605 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2606,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2606 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2607,设置为在所述第一存储模块2606中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2607 is configured to search, in the first storage module 2606, a moving direction corresponding to the difference.
所述判断模块2608,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2608 is configured to determine, according to the found moving direction, whether the mobile phone needs to be moved;
所述第二存储模块2612,设置为预先存储比例关系;The second storage module 2612 is configured to store a proportional relationship in advance;
所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动 的距离比。The proportional relationship is a distance swept across the user equipment and an actual scrolling of the smart television interface The distance ratio.
所述转换模块2611,设置为当确定需要移动后,依据存储在所述第二存储模块712中的比例关系将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;The conversion module 2611 is configured to, after determining that the movement is required, convert the difference to an actual distance for controlling the scrolling of the smart television interface according to a proportional relationship stored in the second storage module 712;
所述第二生成模块2609具体可以设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令;The second generating module 2609 may be specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction;
所述发送模块2610,设置为将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。The sending module 2610 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
本申请又一实施例还公开了一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,该装置应用于用户设备中,如图27所示,该装置可以包括:第一生成模块2701、第一控制模块2702、第一接收模块2703、第二获取模块2704、计算模块2705、第一存储模块2706、查找模块2707、判断模块2708、第二生成模块2709、发送模块2710;A further embodiment of the present application further discloses a device for controlling the scrolling of the smart TV interface. The device is applied to the user equipment. As shown in FIG. 27, the device may include: a first generating module 2701, a first control module 2702, The first receiving module 2703, the second obtaining module 2704, the calculating module 2705, the first storage module 2706, the searching module 2707, the determining module 2708, the second generating module 2709, and the sending module 2710;
该装置还可以包括第三存储模块2713,其中:The apparatus can also include a third storage module 2713, wherein:
所述第一生成模块2701,设置为生成第一控制指令;The first generating module 2701 is configured to generate a first control instruction;
所述第一控制模块2702,设置为依据所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;The first control module 2702 is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
所述第一接收模块2703,设置为接收触发指令;The first receiving module 2703 is configured to receive a triggering instruction;
所述第二获取模块2704,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;The second obtaining module 2704 is configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide through the user equipment;
所述计算模块2705,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;The calculating module 2705 is configured to calculate a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the initial coordinate point;
所述第一存储模块2706,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The first storage module 2706 is configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
所述查找模块2707,设置为在所述第一存储模块2705中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;The searching module 2707 is configured to search, in the first storage module 2705, a moving direction corresponding to the difference value;
所述判断模块2708,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;The determining module 2708 is configured to determine whether it is required to move according to the found moving direction;
所述第三存储模块2713设置为预先存储预设距离;所述预设距离为控制智能电视界面滚动的固定距离; The third storage module 2713 is configured to store a preset distance in advance; the preset distance is a fixed distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface;
所述第二生成模块2709具体设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令;The second generating module 2709 is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction;
所述发送模块2710,设置为将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。The sending module 2710 is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the server sends the second control command to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
在本申请一实施例中,该装置还可以包括第四存储模块2714、调用模块2715和替换显示模块2716,其中:In an embodiment of the present application, the apparatus may further include a fourth storage module 2714, a calling module 2715, and a replacement display module 2716, where:
所述第四存储模块2714设置为存储图片;The fourth storage module 2714 is configured to store a picture;
所述调用模块2715设置为当所述第二生成模块2709生成所述第二控制指令后,调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片;The calling module 2715 is configured to, after the second generating module 2709 generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
所述替换显示模块2716设置为将所述调用的图片替换当前显示图片进行显示。The replacement display module 2716 is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
图28为本申请提供的另一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置的一个实施例的结构示意图,该装置应设置为智能电视中,FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of an apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface according to the present application, where the apparatus should be configured as a smart television.
如图28所示,该装置可以包括:第三生成模块2801、第二控制模块2802、第三接收模块2803和解析控制模块2804,其中:As shown in FIG. 28, the apparatus may include: a third generation module 2801, a second control module 2802, a third receiving module 2803, and a parsing control module 2804, where:
所述第三生成模块2801,设置为生成第三控制指令所述第二控制模块2802,设置为依据所述第三控制指令控制所述智能电视登录到预设服务器;The third generation module 2801 is configured to generate a third control instruction, the second control module 2802, configured to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server according to the third control instruction;
所述第三接收模块2803,设置为接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令;The third receiving module 2803 is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the server;
其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到所述预设服务器,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并由所述用户设备发送给所述服务器。The second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire the starting coordinate point and current of the user equipment. a coordinate point; calculating a difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction; When it is determined that the mobile device needs to be moved, the generated control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is sent to the server by the user equipment.
其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系。The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment.
所述解析控制模块2804,设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。 The analysis control module 2804 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
具体的,当所述第三接收模块2803接收的由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令;Specifically, the second control instruction sent by the server received by the third receiving module 2803 is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction;
所述解析控制模块2804设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing control module 2804 is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比,且预先存储在所述用户设备中。The actual distance is obtained by converting the difference according to a proportional relationship of the user equipment, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface, And pre-stored in the user equipment.
当所述第三接收模块2803接收的由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令;The second control command sent by the server received by the third receiving module 2803 is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
所述解析控制模块2804具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing control module 2804 is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
其中,所述预设距离预先存储在所述用户设备中。The preset distance is pre-stored in the user equipment.
以上装置中,用户设备与智能电视登录到同一服务器,当用户设备接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点,计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值后,可以通过查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,并根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由服务器发送给所述智能电视,以使得智能电视界面按照移动方向滚动。本申请利用用户设备实现对智能电视界面滚动的控制,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。In the above device, the user equipment and the smart TV are logged in to the same server. After receiving the triggering command, the user equipment acquires the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and calculates the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point. After the difference from the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, the moving direction corresponding to the difference value may be searched, and according to the found moving direction, whether the movement is needed is needed, and when it is determined that the movement needs to be performed, the generation control is generated. The smart TV interface scrolls the second control instruction according to the moving direction, and sends the second control instruction to the server, and is sent by the server to the smart television, so that the smart television interface scrolls according to the moving direction. The application realizes the control of the scrolling of the smart television interface by using the user equipment, and satisfies the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
以上装置中,用户设备与智能电视接入到同一局域网,当用户设备接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点,计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值后,可以通过查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,并根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要 移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给智能电视,以使得智能电视界面按照移动方向滚动。本申请利用用户设备实现对智能电视界面滚动的控制,满足了人们通过用户设备来控制智能电视界面滚动的需求。In the above device, the user equipment and the smart TV are connected to the same local area network. After receiving the triggering instruction, the user equipment acquires the starting coordinate point and the current coordinate point of the user equipment, and calculates the x coordinate of the current coordinate point. After the difference between the value and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, the moving direction corresponding to the difference may be searched, and according to the found moving direction, it is determined whether it is needed Moving, when it is determined that the movement is required, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and transmitting the second control instruction to the smart television, so that the smart television interface scrolls according to the moving direction. The application realizes the control of the scrolling of the smart television interface by using the user equipment, and satisfies the requirement that the user controls the scrolling of the smart television interface through the user equipment.
本说明书中各个实施例采用递进的方式描述,每个实施例重点说明的都是与其他实施例的不同之处,各个实施例之间相同相似部分互相参见即可。对于实施例公开的装置而言,由于其与实施例公开的方法相对应,所以描述的比较简单,相关之处参见方法部分说明即可。The various embodiments in the present specification are described in a progressive manner, and each embodiment focuses on differences from other embodiments, and the same similar parts between the various embodiments may be referred to each other. For the device disclosed in the embodiment, since it corresponds to the method disclosed in the embodiment, the description is relatively simple, and the relevant parts can be referred to the method part.
对所公开的实施例的上述说明,使本领域专业技术人员能够实现或使用本申请。对这些实施例的多种修改对本领域的专业技术人员来说将是显而易见的,本文中所定义的一般原理可以在不脱离本申请的精神或范围的情况下,在其它实施例中实现。因此,本申请将不会被限制于本文所示的这些实施例,而是要符合与本文所公开的原理和新颖特点相一致的最宽的范围。 The above description of the disclosed embodiments enables those skilled in the art to make or use the application. Various modifications to these embodiments are obvious to those skilled in the art, and the general principles defined herein may be implemented in other embodiments without departing from the spirit or scope of the application. Therefore, the application is not limited to the embodiments shown herein, but is to be accorded the broadest scope of the principles and novel features disclosed herein.

Claims (29)

  1. 一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,其特征在于,应用于用户设备中,该方法包括:A method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is characterized in that it is applied to a user equipment, and the method includes:
    获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;Obtaining an IP address of the smart TV, generating and transmitting a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart TV to access the same local area network;
    接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment;
    计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point ;
    查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, wherein a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
    根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。Determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and sending the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,当确定需要移动后,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein when it is determined that the movement is required, the method further comprises:
    依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离,其中,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;Converting the difference to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, wherein the proportional relationship is a distance that is swept over the user equipment and an actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface Ratio
    所述生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令具体为:生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令。The generating, by the second control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, is specifically: generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令具体为:The method according to claim 1, wherein the generating, by the second control instruction, the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction is:
    生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令。Generating, by the second control instruction, the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述生成所述第二控制指令后还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the generating the second control instruction further comprises:
    调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片,将所述图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示,其中,所述图片预先存储于所述用户设备中。 The picture corresponding to the moving direction is called, and the picture is replaced with the currently displayed picture for display, wherein the picture is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  5. 一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,其特征在于,应用于智能电视中,该方法包括:A method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface, characterized in that it is applied to a smart television, the method comprising:
    接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令,其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Receiving a second control command sent by the user equipment, where the second control instruction is that the user equipment acquires an IP address of the smart TV, and generates and sends a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart The first control command controls the user equipment and the smart TV to access the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquires a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slides over the user equipment; Calculating the difference between the x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating the difference between the y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, a direction of movement corresponding to the difference, determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction, wherein the user The correspondence between different difference values and the moving direction is pre-stored in the device;
    解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。Parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令,其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;The method according to claim 5, wherein the second control command sent by the receiving user equipment is: a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, wherein The actual distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a ratio of a distance swept by the user equipment to a distance actually scrolled by the smart television interface;
    所述解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动具体为:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll an actual distance according to the moving direction.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令;The method according to claim 6, wherein the receiving, by the user equipment, the second control instruction is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart television interface scrolls the preset distance according to the moving direction;
    所述解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动具体为:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  8. 一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,其特征在于,应用于用户设备中,该方法包括:A method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is characterized in that it is applied to a user equipment, and the method includes:
    生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器; Generating a first control instruction to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server;
    接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;After receiving the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment;
    计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;Calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a difference between a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point ;
    查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, wherein a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
    根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;Determining whether movement is required according to the found moving direction, and when determining that the movement is required, generating a second control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction;
    将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。Sending the second control command to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to a smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,当确定需要移动后,还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein when it is determined that the movement is required, the method further comprises:
    依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离,其中,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;Converting the difference to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, wherein the proportional relationship is a distance that is swept over the user equipment and an actual scrolling distance of the smart television interface Ratio
    所述生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令具体为:生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令。The generating, by the second control instruction for controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, is specifically: generating a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令具体为:The method according to claim 8, wherein the generating, by the second control instruction, the scrolling of the smart TV interface according to the moving direction is:
    生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令。Generating, by the second control instruction, the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述生成所述第二控制指令后还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the generating the second control instruction further comprises:
    调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片,将所述图片替换当前显示的图片进行显示,其中,所述图片预先存储于所述用户设备中。The picture corresponding to the moving direction is called, and the picture is replaced with the currently displayed picture for display, wherein the picture is pre-stored in the user equipment.
  12. 一种控制智能电视界面滚动的方法,其特征在于,应用于智能电视中,该方法包括:A method for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface, characterized in that it is applied to a smart television, the method comprising:
    生成第三控制指令控制所述智能电视登录到预设服务器;Generating a third control instruction to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server;
    接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令;其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到所述预设服务器,接收 到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y的差值,查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并发送给所述服务器;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;Receiving a second control instruction sent by the server, where the second control instruction is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and receive After the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point of the user equipment; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x of the starting coordinate point, or calculating the current a difference between the y coordinate value of the coordinate point and the y of the starting coordinate point, searching for a moving direction corresponding to the difference, determining whether it is necessary to move according to the found moving direction, and generating when it is determined that the movement is required And controlling, by the user equipment, a control instruction that is scrolled according to the moving direction, and sent to the server; wherein, the user equipment pre-stores a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
    解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。Parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;The method according to claim 12, wherein the receiving the second control command sent by the server is: controlling a second control instruction that the smart TV interface scrolls the actual distance according to the moving direction, The actual distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a distance that the distance between the user equipment and the smart television interface actually scrolls. Ratio
    所述解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动具体为:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll an actual distance according to the moving direction.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令;The method according to claim 12, wherein the receiving the second control instruction sent by the server is: controlling the smart TV interface to scroll the second control instruction according to the moving direction by the preset distance ;
    所述解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动具体为:解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction is: parsing the second control instruction, and controlling the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  15. 一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,其特征在于,应用于用户设备中,该装置包括:An apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is characterized in that it is applied to a user equipment, and the apparatus comprises:
    第一获取模块,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址;a first obtaining module, configured to obtain an IP address of the smart television;
    第一生成发送模块,设置为获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网;a first generation sending module, configured to acquire an IP address of the smart TV, and generate and send a first control instruction carrying the IP address of the smart TV to the smart TV, where the first control instruction controls the user equipment and The smart TV is connected to the same local area network;
    第一接收模块,设置为接收触发指令;a first receiving module, configured to receive a triggering instruction;
    第二获取模块,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标 点;a second acquiring module, configured to acquire a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate of the user equipment point;
    计算模块,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;a calculation module, configured to calculate an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus a difference value of the x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point, or calculate a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus the initial coordinate point The difference of the y-coordinate values;
    第一存储模块,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;a first storage module, configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
    查找模块,设置为在所述第一存储模块中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;a searching module, configured to search, in the first storage module, a moving direction corresponding to the difference;
    判断模块,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;a judging module configured to determine whether a movement is required according to the found moving direction;
    第二生成发送模块,设置为当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。And a second generation sending module configured to: when it is determined that the movement is required, generate a control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart TV.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括第二存储模块和转换模块,其中:The apparatus according to claim 15, further comprising a second storage module and a conversion module, wherein:
    所述第二存储模块,设置为预先存储比例关系;其中,所述比例关系为,滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离比;The second storage module is configured to pre-store a proportional relationship; wherein the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface;
    所述转换模块,设置为当确定需要移动后,依据所述比例关系将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;The conversion module is configured to, after determining that the movement needs to be performed, convert the difference value to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
    则所述第二生成发送模块设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令,,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。And the second generation sending module is configured to generate a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括第三存储模块,所述第三存储模块设置为预先存储预设距离;The device according to claim 15, further comprising a third storage module, wherein the third storage module is configured to store a preset distance in advance;
    则所述第二生成发送模块具体设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令,并将所述第二控制指令发送给所述智能电视。The second generation sending module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction, and send the second control instruction to the smart television.
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括第四存储模块、调用模块和替换显示模块,其中:The device according to claim 15, further comprising a fourth storage module, a calling module and a replacement display module, wherein:
    所述第四存储模块设置为存储图片;The fourth storage module is configured to store a picture;
    所述调用模块设置为在所述第二生成发送模块生成所述第二控制指令后,调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片; The calling module is configured to, after the second generation sending module generates the second control instruction, invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction;
    所述替换显示模块设置为将所述调用的图片替换当前显示图片进行显示。The replacement display module is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
  19. 一种智能电视界面滚动装置,其特征在于,应用于智能电视中,该装置包括:A smart television interface scrolling device is characterized in that it is applied to a smart television, and the device comprises:
    第二接收模块,设置为接收用户设备发送的第二控制指令;其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备获取智能电视的IP地址,生成并发送携带有所述智能电视的IP地址的第一控制指令至所述智能电视,所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备和所述智能电视接入到同一局域网,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;The second receiving module is configured to receive a second control instruction sent by the user equipment, where the second control instruction is that the user equipment acquires an IP address of the smart TV, and generates and sends an IP address carrying the smart TV. a control command to the smart TV, the first control instruction controls the user equipment and the smart television to access to the same local area network, and after receiving the triggering instruction, acquire a starting coordinate point that slides over the user equipment and a current coordinate point; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, or calculating a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point and a y coordinate of the starting coordinate point And a difference value of the value is used to find a moving direction corresponding to the difference, and according to the searched moving direction, determining whether movement is required, and when determining that the movement is required, generating a control instruction for controlling the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction The corresponding relationship between the difference value and the moving direction is pre-stored in the user equipment;
    解析控制模块,设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。The analysis control module is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二接收模块接收的所述用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的控制指令,其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比;The device according to claim 19, wherein the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module is: controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction And a control command, wherein the actual distance is converted by the user equipment according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a distance that is slid across the user equipment and the smart television interface is actually The ratio of the distance of the scroll;
    所述解析控制模块具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二接收模块接收的所述用户设备发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的指令;The device according to claim 19, wherein the second control command sent by the user equipment received by the second receiving module is: controlling the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction Instruction
    所述解析控制模块具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。 The parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  22. 一种控制智能电视界面滚动的装置,其特征在于,应用于用户设备中,该装置包括:An apparatus for controlling scrolling of a smart television interface is characterized in that it is applied to a user equipment, and the apparatus comprises:
    第一生成模块,设置为生成第一控制指令;a first generation module, configured to generate a first control instruction;
    第一控制模块,设置为依据所述第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到预设服务器;The first control module is configured to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server according to the first control instruction;
    第一接收模块,设置为接收触发指令;a first receiving module, configured to receive a triggering instruction;
    获取模块,设置为获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;Obtaining a module, configured to obtain a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point that slide over the user equipment;
    计算模块,设置为计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的x坐标值的差值或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值减去所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值;a calculation module, configured to calculate an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus a difference value of the x coordinate value of the initial coordinate point or calculate a y coordinate value of the current coordinate point minus the initial coordinate point The difference in y-coordinate values;
    第一存储模块,设置为存储不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;a first storage module, configured to store a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
    查找模块,设置为在所述第一存储模块中查找与所述差值对应的移动方向;a searching module, configured to search, in the first storage module, a moving direction corresponding to the difference;
    判断模块,设置为根据查找到的移动方向判断是否需要移动;a judging module configured to determine whether a movement is required according to the found moving direction;
    第二生成模块,设置为当确定需要移动时,生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的第二控制指令;a second generating module, configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll according to the moving direction when it is determined that the movement is required;
    发送模块,设置为将所述第二控制指令发送给所述服务器,由所述服务器将所述第二控制指令发送给与所述用户设备登录到同一服务器的智能电视。The sending module is configured to send the second control command to the server, and the second control command is sent by the server to the smart TV that is logged in to the same server as the user equipment.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括第二存储模块和转换模块,其中:The device according to claim 22, further comprising a second storage module and a conversion module, wherein:
    所述第二存储模块,设置为预先存储比例关系;其中,所述比例关系为,滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离比;The second storage module is configured to pre-store a proportional relationship; wherein the proportional relationship is a distance ratio of a distance that slides across the user equipment to an actual scrolling of the smart television interface;
    所述转换模块,设置为当确定需要移动后,依据所述比例关系将所述差值转换为控制所述智能电视界面滚动的实际距离;The conversion module is configured to, after determining that the movement needs to be performed, convert the difference value to an actual distance for controlling scrolling of the smart television interface according to the proportional relationship;
    所述第二生成模块具体设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令。The second generation module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括第三存储模块,所述第三存储模块设置为预先存储预设距离; The device according to claim 22, further comprising a third storage module, wherein the third storage module is configured to store a preset distance in advance;
    所述第二生成模块具体设置为生成控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的第二控制指令。The second generating module is specifically configured to generate a second control instruction that controls the smart TV interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction.
  25. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括第四存储模块、调用模块和替换显示模块,其中:The device according to claim 22, further comprising a fourth storage module, a calling module and a replacement display module, wherein:
    所述第四存储模块设置为存储图片;The fourth storage module is configured to store a picture;
    所述调用模块设置为在所述第二生成模块生成所述第二控制指令后,调用与所述移动方向相对应的图片;The calling module is configured to invoke a picture corresponding to the moving direction after the second generating module generates the second control instruction;
    所述替换显示模块设置为将所述调用的图片替换当前显示图片进行显示。The replacement display module is configured to replace the called picture with the current display picture for display.
  26. 一种智能电视界面滚动装置,其特征在于,应用于智能电视中,该装置包括:A smart television interface scrolling device is characterized in that it is applied to a smart television, and the device comprises:
    第三生成模块,设置为生成第三控制指令;a third generation module, configured to generate a third control instruction;
    第二控制模块,设置为依据所述第三控制指令控制所述智能电视登录到预设服务器;The second control module is configured to control the smart TV to log in to the preset server according to the third control instruction;
    第三接收模块,设置为接收由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令;其中,所述第二控制指令是由用户设备生成第一控制指令控制所述用户设备登录到所述预设服务器,接收到触发指令后,获取滑过所述用户设备的起始坐标点和当前坐标点;计算所述当前坐标点的x坐标值与所述起始坐标点的x的差值,或者计算所述当前坐标点的y坐标值与所述起始坐标点的y坐标值的差值查找与所述差值对应的移动方向,根据查找到的移动方向,判断是否需要移动,当确定需要移动时,生成的控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动的控制指令,并发送给所述服务器;其中,所述用户设备中预先存储有不同差值与移动方向的对应关系;a third receiving module, configured to receive a second control command sent by the server, where the second control command is generated by the user equipment to control the user equipment to log in to the preset server, and receive After the triggering instruction, acquiring a starting coordinate point and a current coordinate point of the user equipment; calculating a difference between an x coordinate value of the current coordinate point and an x of the starting coordinate point, or calculating the current Finding a moving direction corresponding to the difference by finding a difference between the y coordinate value of the coordinate point and the y coordinate value of the starting coordinate point, determining whether the movement is required according to the found moving direction, and generating when it is determined that the movement is required Controlling, by the smart TV interface, a control instruction that is scrolled according to the moving direction, and sending the control instruction to the server; wherein the user equipment pre-stores a correspondence between different difference values and a moving direction;
    解析控制模块,设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制智能电视界面滚动。The analysis control module is configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart television interface to scroll according to the moving direction.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二接收模块接收的由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述实际距离的第二控制指令,其中,所述实际距离为所述用户设备依据预存储的比例关系,将所述差值转换而成,所述比例关系为滑过所述用户设备的距离与所述智能电视界面实际滚动的距离的比; The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the second control command sent by the server received by the second receiving module is: controlling the smart television interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction a second control instruction, wherein the actual distance is that the user equipment converts the difference according to a pre-stored proportional relationship, where the proportional relationship is a distance that slides over the user equipment and the smart television The ratio of the actual scrolling distance of the interface;
    所述解析控制模块具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动实际距离。The parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll the actual distance according to the moving direction.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二接收模块接收的由所述服务器发送的第二控制指令为:控制所述智能电视界面按照所述移动方向滚动所述预设距离的控制指令;The device according to claim 26, wherein the second control command sent by the server received by the second receiving module is: controlling the smart television interface to scroll the preset distance according to the moving direction Control instruction
    所述解析控制模块具体设置为解析所述第二控制指令,按照所述移动方向控制所述智能电视界面滚动预设距离。The parsing control module is specifically configured to parse the second control instruction, and control the smart TV interface to scroll a preset distance according to the moving direction.
  29. 一种在其上记录有用于执行权利要求1-14所述方法的程序的计算机可读记录介质。 A computer readable recording medium having recorded thereon a program for executing the method of claims 1-14.
PCT/CN2014/089870 2013-10-30 2014-10-30 Method and device for controlling scrolling of interface of smart television WO2015062515A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201310530191.8A CN103546793A (en) 2013-10-30 2013-10-30 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN201310530191.8 2013-10-30
CN201310530783.XA CN103546795A (en) 2013-10-30 2013-10-30 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN201310530734.6 2013-10-30
CN201310530785.9 2013-10-30
CN201310530785.9A CN103546796A (en) 2013-10-30 2013-10-30 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN201310530783.X 2013-10-30
CN201310530734.6A CN103561306A (en) 2013-10-30 2013-10-30 Method and device for controlling intelligent television interface to scroll

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015062515A1 true WO2015062515A1 (en) 2015-05-07

Family

ID=53003368

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/089870 WO2015062515A1 (en) 2013-10-30 2014-10-30 Method and device for controlling scrolling of interface of smart television

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2015062515A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102572567A (en) * 2011-12-28 2012-07-11 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Interaction system and interaction method for handheld device and television UI (User Interface)
CN202907114U (en) * 2012-06-29 2013-04-24 上海广电电子科技有限公司 A TV set system based on a touch remote control device
CN103096157A (en) * 2013-01-11 2013-05-08 北京奇艺世纪科技有限公司 Method for controlling moving focal point on television application interface by mobile phone
CN103210365A (en) * 2010-11-19 2013-07-17 Tivo有限公司 Flick to send or display content
CN103546793A (en) * 2013-10-30 2014-01-29 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN103546796A (en) * 2013-10-30 2014-01-29 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN103546795A (en) * 2013-10-30 2014-01-29 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN103561306A (en) * 2013-10-30 2014-02-05 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Method and device for controlling intelligent television interface to scroll

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103210365A (en) * 2010-11-19 2013-07-17 Tivo有限公司 Flick to send or display content
CN102572567A (en) * 2011-12-28 2012-07-11 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Interaction system and interaction method for handheld device and television UI (User Interface)
CN202907114U (en) * 2012-06-29 2013-04-24 上海广电电子科技有限公司 A TV set system based on a touch remote control device
CN103096157A (en) * 2013-01-11 2013-05-08 北京奇艺世纪科技有限公司 Method for controlling moving focal point on television application interface by mobile phone
CN103546793A (en) * 2013-10-30 2014-01-29 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN103546796A (en) * 2013-10-30 2014-01-29 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN103546795A (en) * 2013-10-30 2014-01-29 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Method and device for controlling smart TV interface to roll
CN103561306A (en) * 2013-10-30 2014-02-05 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Method and device for controlling intelligent television interface to scroll

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20200371685A1 (en) Graphical User Interface Display Method And Electronic Device
EP2813109B1 (en) Method and apparatus for interoperably performing services and system supporting the same
US10708534B2 (en) Terminal executing mirror application of a peripheral device
US9723123B2 (en) Multi-screen control method and device supporting multiple window applications
KR101662726B1 (en) Method and apparatus for scrolling for electronic device
WO2017166621A1 (en) Split-screen displaying method and apparatus, and electronic device
JP6430656B2 (en) System, method and apparatus for displaying content items
WO2017107714A1 (en) Method and device for switching screen interface, and terminal
WO2017211020A1 (en) Television control method and apparatus
US20150052067A1 (en) Remote support of computing devices
KR20190045386A (en) Advertisement push system, apparatus, and method
CN106803993B (en) Method and device for realizing video branch selection playing
AU2014200900B2 (en) Apparatus and method for controlling a messenger service in a terminal
US20130263013A1 (en) Touch-Based Method and Apparatus for Sending Information
WO2015078329A1 (en) Method and system for controlling smart tv with simulation keys, and mobile terminal
WO2022017107A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, computer device and storage medium
WO2015021928A1 (en) Method, terminal, and system for multiscreen interaction
CN111897480B (en) Playing progress adjusting method and device and electronic equipment
CN110825302A (en) Method for responding operation track and operation track responding device
CN109460170B (en) Screen expansion and interaction method, terminal and computer readable storage medium
WO2018010316A1 (en) Desktop page management method and device
CN104079986A (en) Method and device for achieving video playing between devices
CN109600644B (en) Method for remotely controlling television browser, related equipment and computer program product
CN103677541A (en) Method and system for setting position of moving cursor in display page with links
WO2021088707A1 (en) Interaction method for application program interface, and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14857869

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14857869

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1